Sunteți pe pagina 1din 274

H1-A017E01.

book i ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

FOREWORD
Thank you very much for your purchasing of a Hino vehicle.
This manual contains many practical tips on operation, procedures for daily and periodic maintenance, and important information to help you
enjoy safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle. Please read this manual carefully and thoroughly.
New Vehicle Warranty
Your new vehicle is covered by the following Hino warranties.
z New vehicle warranty
z Emission control systems warranty
z Noise emissions warranty

WARNING
Any modification of the vehicle or engine other than Hino specified maintenance can adversely affect the performance, safety and
reliability of the vehicle, and can result in the breach of governmental regulations. It will also invalidate your Hino warranty.
Read very carefully those sections which have signs “ ”, “WARNING” and “CAUTION”. They are particularly important.

In this manual, you will also see a circle with a slash through it. This means “Do not do this”, or “Do not let this
happen”.

WARNING Items that can result in death or severe personal injury if handled improperly.

CAUTION Items that can result in personal injury and/or property damage, such as vehicle damage, if handled improperly.

This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning is
NOTICE
ignored.

© 2006 Hino Motors, Ltd.


All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Hino Motors, Ltd.

i
H1-A017E01.book ii ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

This manual covers the Hino 6 and 4 cylinders diesel engines.


In cases where individual items vary, this fact is specifically noted in the text and illustrations, as shown below. Unless a portion of text is so
noted, it applies to all vehicle engines.

Example:
z Accessories: (If so equipped)

Before operating your vehicle, check the engine model, and accessories, and then select the relevant items in the explanations of vehicle spec-
ifications accordingly. How to distinguish your engine model is described in 1-2 Vehicle Identification Number of SECTION 1, General Intro-
duction.

This manual should be kept in your vehicle.


If the vehicle is sold, this manual should be given to the next owner, who will need the information contained.
All information and specifications in this manual are based upon the latest product information available at the time
of printing.

Hino Motors, Ltd. reserves the right to make changes at any time without prior notice.
Read the entire manual before using vehicle.
Failure to follow instructions and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or damage.

ii
H1-A017E01.book iii ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SERVICE ASSISTANCE

Be sure to consult your Hino dealer on any points of dissatisfaction with your Hino vehicle. The Hino dealer’s service department has sufficient
knowledge and the latest information on your Hino vehicle.
Moreover, the department has the necessary tools, equipment and parts to satisfy the needs for proper maintenance and repair.

If at any time you are dissatisfied with the dealer’s service department, do the following to resolve your problem;

1. First, consult the management of the Hino dealer.


2. If you still are not satisfied, then contact the Hino Regional Sales Office at the following locations or the National Service Manager:

z U.S. DRIVERS / OWNERS


Regional Service Office of Hino Motors Sales U.S.A., Inc.
(1)West Regional Office: Phone (909) 372-8575
451-C North Cota Street, Corona, CA 92880
(2)East Regional Office: Phone (248) 648-6400
2555 Telegraph Road, Bloomfield Hills, MI 48302-0954
(3)If for any reason you still need assistance, please contact:
Attention: National service manager: Phone (248) 648-3430

z CANADIAN DRIVERS / OWNERS


Regional Service Office of Hino Motors Sales Canada, Ltd.
Phone (905) 670-3352
395 Ambassador Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L5T 2J3

iii
H1-A017E01.book iv ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

If you contact Hino, be sure to include the following information.


z Name under which new vehicle was purchased, address and telephone number of purchaser.
z Vehicle model year and vehicle identification number (VIN).
z Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
z Location where purchased.
z Details of the problem.

It is important that the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) be recorded. The number is required to obtain information pertinent
to this vehicle.

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)


See page 1-3

VIN

iv
H1-A017E01.book v ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS


The warning and caution labels give important information. Be sure to read them before operating the vehicle. If any label is difficult to read
due to be peeled off, scratched or damaged, please infom an authorized dealer.
The labels are located in the cab and around the vehicle components as shown in the following pages. Regarding to the labels applied to the
equipment mounted on the vehicle, please refer to the this manual supplied by the equipment manufacturer.

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning


Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm.

v
H1-A017E01.book vi ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CAUTION LABELS

vi
H1-A017E01.book vii ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CAUTION LABELS

vii
H1-A017E01.book viii ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CAUTION LABELS

viii
H1-A017E01.book ix ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CAUTION LABELS

1.Fuse 2.Automatic transmission (The contents differ depending on vehicle model)

4.Chassis frame

3.Suspension Spring U bolt

ix
H1-A017E01.book x ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CAUTION LABELS

5.Fuel 8.Battery

6.Fuel tank

7.Quick joint(Allison Automatic transmission only)

x
H1-A017E01.book xi ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CAUTION LABELS

10.Fusible links 11.Air dryer (NABCO only) 12.Sub fuel tank

13.Power steering fluid reserve tank

xi
H1-A017E01.book xii ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CAUTION LABELS

16.Brake fluid reserve tank 19.Air conditioner refrigerant


14.Engine coolant reserve tank (Hydraulic brake only)

20.Air cleaner

17.Clutch master cylinder


15.Fuel injector

21.Windshield wiper link

18.Don’t step

22.Radiator cap

xii
H1-A017E01.book xiii ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION
2 BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
3 DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
4 OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
5 IN AN EMERGENCY
6 CORROSION PROTECTION AND APPEARANCE CARE
7 MAINTENANCE
8 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
9 INDEX

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.

xiii
H1-A017E01.book xiv ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 1
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ......................................... 1-2
OVERLOADING ........................................................................... 1-5
SERVICE ASSISTANCE .............................................................. 1-5
MAINTENANCE ........................................................................... 1-5
DIESEL FUEL .............................................................................. 1-6
PAINTING .................................................................................... 1-6

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.

1-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

VIN
LABEL

DP020103LC

The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) is


shown on the VIN label.
The VIN label is affixed to the left pillar of the
cab.
When you order replacement parts from an
authorized Hino dealer, please refer to the
information found on your VIN label to facil-
itate proper service.

1-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Structure

WMI VDS C/D VIS


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)

N C 6 J M S 1 0 0 0 1

Model code Check Assembly Sequential Number


digit Plant code
Manufacturer, Make
and Model code Wheel base Model year Modification code

Production Engine Brake Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Length Code Year
Class Model
Code Systems Lbs. Kg HINO 145, 165 HINO 238, 258 7 2007
Code 185 268,308, 338
HINO 145 NA6J 14,001-14,500 6,350-6,577 8 2008
4 J05D in. mm in. mm
HINO 165 NB6J diesel 14,501-16,000 6,578-7,257 9 2009
engine F 147 3,734 -- --
5 HINO 185 NC6J Hydraulic 16,001-19,500 7,258-8,845 A 2010
J 169 4,293 175 4,445
HINO 238 ND8J 19,501-23,000 8,846-10,433 B 2011
K 183 4,648 -- --
HINO 258 ND8J 19,501-26,000 8,846-11,793 C 2012
6 L -- -- 187 4,750
NE8J D 2013
HINO 268 J08E 23,001-26,000 10,434-11,793 M 201 5,105 205 5,207
NJ8J diesel Full Air E 2014
engine Hydraulic P -- -- 217 5,512
HINO 308 NF8J 26,001-30,000 11,794-13,608 F 2015
7 R -- -- 235 5,969
HINO 338 NV8J Full Air 30,001-33,000 13,609-14,968
T -- -- 253 6,426
Vehicle identification number refer to the Workshop Manual for details.
V -- -- 271 6,883 Some models only

1-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), Gross Axle capacity Weight Rating (GAWR) are given in below table.
GAWR (lbs.) GAWR (kg)
Model Tire size GVWR (lbs.) GVWR (kg)
Front Rear Front Rear
HINO 145 215/85R16 14,050 5,360 9,880 6,370 2,430 4,480
HINO 165 225/70R19.5 16,000 6,000 11,000 7,250 2,720 4,990
225/70R19.5 (Transmission model: Eaton® FS4205) 18,000 6,000 13,000 8,170 2,720 5,900
HINO 185
225/70R19.5 (Transmission model: Aisin® A450) 17,600 6,000 13,000 8,000 2,720 5,900
10R22.5
HINO 238 23,000 8,000 17,500 10,430 3,630 7,940
255/80R22.5
HINO 258 245/70R19.5 25,500 8,000 17,500 11,570 3,630 7,940
11R22.5 8,000 3,630
HINO 268 25,950 19,000 11,770 8,620
255/80R22.5 10,000 4,450
11R22.5
HINO 308 30,000 10,000 21,000 13,600 4,540 9,530
295/75R22.5
11R22.5
HINO 338 33,000 12,000 21,000 14,950 4,540 9,530
295/75R22.5

WARNING
Overloading the vehicle by exceeding
the GVWR can cause it to overturn
resulting in serious injury or death.
Read WARNING on next page.

1-4
H1-A017E01.book 5 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

OVERLOADING SERVICE ASSISTANCE


reinforcement and heavy duty springs When maintenance service is necessary
WARNING
does not increase any of the weight consult an authorized Hino dealer.
z Overloading can cause an overturn limits found on the Certification Label.
resulting in serious injury, death and/
z The GVWR and GAWR’s indicate the MAINTENANCE
or property damage.
maximum permissible weight. How- Scheduled maintenance should be per-
z The gross vehicle weight (GVW) is the ever, state and local laws which regu-
vehicle's total weight, including body, formed to help you enjoy safe and trouble-
late weight limits must be followed.
driver and passengers, cargo load, free operation of your vehicle. For further
z Any part of your vehicle which has information, refer to SECTION 7.
tools carried, etc., as well as any
been subjected to misuse is not cov-
optional items of equipment placed
ered by your new vehicle warranty. Any
on the vehicle after it has left the fac-
failure caused by overloading is
ory.
regarded as misuse.
z The GVW must be equal to or less
z The weight of cargo carried should be
than the GVWR.
distributed properly over the front and
z The front and rear gross axle weights rear axles, as well as equally on both
must be equal to or less than the front sides of the center line.
and rear GAWR’s respectively.
z The vehicle is designed to provide
satisfactory service assuming that
the vehicle is loaded within the limits
of the GVWR and the front and rear
GAWR’s.
z Since the GVWR and GAWR’s are
determined by taking into consider-
ation the strength of all the vehicle
components, as well as vehicle han-
dling and stability, brake perfor-
mance, etc., the addition of frame

1-5
H1-A017E01.book 6 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

DIESEL FUEL PAINTING


Use diesel fuel only for vehicles equipped 1. As a rule, do not paint the chassis side z Plastic parts may deform if the painting
with a diesel engine. For details, refer to because it has vital components such as surface is heated during drying to more
SECTION 7, FUEL SYSTEM on page 7-20. brake hoses and harness couplings, than 177°F (80°C). See chart on next
which can easily change chemically. page to identify plastic parts.
CAUTION 2. Painting of cab and rear body: The manufacturer assumes no responsi-
The parts listed below are made of mate- bility for damage or accidents arising from
z Do not use fuel additives, agents for
removal of water from the fuel, agents rials which can easily be damaged by thin- faulty replacement.
for improvement of the fuel effi- ner. When using thinner or solvents
ciency. containing thinner when painting the cab 3. Parts:
This can cause smoke generation or or rear body, for example, observe the fol-
defects from defective sliding of the lowing points. NOTICE:
sliding surfaces lubricated by fuel P - Plastic, R - Rubber: Use of thinners
system. z Be sure to properly mask the parts. can produce cracks, fractures, etc.
z Do not install devices for improve- z If paint should accidentally get on any of S - Painted steel: Although made of
ment of the fuel efficiency inside the the parts listed below, use kerosene to steel, if paint thinners are used, the
fuel tank. remove it. Do not use thinner or solvents paint loses its shine.
Wear particles, fragments from the containing thinner.
installed devices (after-market parts) O - Various materials: Use of thinner
z Since it takes some time to remove paint erases letters.
can cause defects of the fuel system.
with kerosene, first be sure to apply
masking properly.
z When parts have been removed before
painting, replace them properly after-
wards.

1-6
H1-A017E01.book 7 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

No. Part name Remarks Material


1 Emblem Top marks P
2 Inner grip Attached beside front pillar P&S
3 Side turn signal lights P
4 Clearance lights Installed on both sides of the cab roof P
5 Identification lights Installed at the center front of the cab P
6 Front turn signal lights Installed beside the head lights P
7 Rear combination lights Installed at the rear end of the frame P
8 Fuel filter with water separator Installed at the rear of cab at on the left side of frame P&S
9 Fender P
10 Step S
11 Splash board P&S
12 Headlight bezel P
13 Cooling fan Engine part P
14 Battery and cover (indicator component) Indicator for checking fluid level P
15 Mud guard R
16 Rubber parts Includes cooler hose if there is air-conditioned R
17 Hood P
18 Cab outer plate, front bumper S
19 Caution plate O
20 Wiper blade R
21 Wiper cap Pivot cover P

1-7
H1-A017E01.book 8 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1-8
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 2
BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
KEY ............................................................................................. 2-2
CAB DOOR HANDLES AND LOCKS ............................................ 2-2
WINDOWS .................................................................................. 2-4
PROTECTION AGAINST THEFT ................................................. 2-6
OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORS ............................................... 2-7
SEATS ......................................................................................... 2-7
SEAT BELTS ............................................................................... 2-8
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS ................................... 2-12
METER AND GAUGE ............................................................. 2-13
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHT........................................ 2-16
SWITCHES AND BUTTONS ................................................... 2-25
ACCESSORIES ......................................................................... 2-37
LEVER AND PEDAL CONTROL................................................. 2-40
ENGINE HOOD ......................................................................... 2-52

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.

2-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

KEY CAB DOOR HANDLES AND LOCKS


Opening doors
KEY NUMBER

BUTTON
HANDLE INSIDE HANDLE
DP030101ZA DP030201LA DP030202RA

1. The same key is used for the starter From the outside: From the inside:
switch and door locks. Push in the button at the end of the handle Pull the inside handle. Before opening the
2. Record your key number and keep the and, while holding the button in, pull the han- door from the inside, be sure that opening
number in a safe place. If you should dle. the door will not endanger traffic.
lose your key, a duplicate can be made
by an authorized Hino dealer using the
key number.

2-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Closing doors Locking doors

DOOR GRIP

UNLOCK

LOCK

DP030201LA DP030202RA DP030301LA

From the outside: From the inside: From the outside:


Push in the door while holding the handle. Pull on the door grips attached to the door. Turn the key towards the rear of the vehicle
to unlock and towards the front to lock.
WARNING You can also lock the door without using the
Use door grips to close door com- key. Push down the lock knob and close the
pletely. Using other parts may not close door while holding the push button of the
door completely and could be danger- handle in. In this case be careful not to leave
ous. the key locked inside the cab.

2-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

WINDOWS
Door windows operation
UNLOCK WINDOW
Fr LOCK SWITCH
LOCK KNOB

DRIVER’S SEAT SIDE


WINDOW SWITCH
LOCK OPEN

CLOSE

ASSISTANT’S SEAT SIDE


DP030302RB WINDOW SWITCH AD-0107
DP030401LA

From the inside: 1. Manual operation 2. Power windows (If so equipped)


Push down the lock knob after closing the To lower door glass (driver’s door), turn win- The windows can be operated with the
door. dow regulator handle clockwise. To raise switch on each door. The power windows
door glass, turn handle counterclockwise. work when the key is in the “ON” position.
WARNING
Reverse this procedure for assistant’s door.
Have doors locked and use seat belts at WARNING
all times while driving. Doing so will pre- If vehicle is equipped with power win-
vent occupants from being thrown from dows, read and follow safety precau-
cab in an accident and will protect occu- tions on page 2-6.
pants from intruders.

2-4
H1-A017E01.book 5 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

(1) Operating the driver’s window (2) Operating the assistant’s window (3) Window lock switch

Fr Fr LOCK
CLOSE Fr

OPEN

CLOSE

OPEN

AD-0108 AD-0109 AD-0110

Use the switch on the driver’s door. The win- Use the switch on the assistant’s door or the While you push in the window lock switch on
dow moves as long as you hold the switch. driver’s door that controls the assistant’s the driver’s door, the assistant’s window can-
To open: Lightly push down the switch. window. The window moves as long as you not be operated.
To close: Lightly pull up the switch. hold the switch. NOTICE:
To open: Lightly push down the switch.
Be sure keep the switch in the “LOCK”
To close: Lightly pull up the switch. position when carrying a child or when
NOTICE: not operating the window.
However, if the window lock switch is
pushed to the “LOCK” position, the
window does not operate, if the switch
is pressed.

2-5
H1-A017E01.book 6 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

PROTECTION AGAINST THEFT


Assistant's seat side switch You may lose both your vehicle and carrying
cargo from vehicle theft. Protection against
WARNING vehicle theft is your responsibility. To help
CLOSE To avoid serious personal injury, you prevent theft of your vehicle, observe at least
must do the following. the following precautions when you leave the
OPEN vehicle.
z If vehicle is equipped with power win-
dows, follow these safety precau- z Close all the windows and lock.
tions to avoid serious injury or death: z Lock all the doors.
z Before you close the windows, make z Take the key with you.
Fr sure no one's head, arm, or hand is in
the path of the window. z Do not leave any article which may
z Do not leave small children alone in appear to be valuable in the cab.
AD-0111
the vehicle, especially if the motor is z Park your vehicle in a lighted place.
The window opens when the switch is running or starter key is inserted. At
pressed downwards and closes when pulled all times that children are in vehicle,
upwards. If you release your finger, it stops at push down window lock switch to
the corresponding position. prevent children from opening or
closing windows.
NOTICE:
However, if the window lock switch is
pushed to the “LOCK” position, the
window does not operate, even if you
press the switch.

2-6
H1-A017E01.book 7 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORS SEATS


Driver's and assistant's seats 1. Seat fore and aft (Driver's seat only)

WARNING
STAY To prevent loss of vehicle control, make
PIVOT all seat adjustments before moving
vehicle.
Pull the lever [A] up and while holding it,
slide the seat forward or backward to the
desired position. Release the lever to lock.
MIRROR
After this adjustment, try to move the seat
PIVOT
[A]
forward and backward to make sure that it
AD-0112 AD-0113
is locked securely.
2. Seat back angle
Adjust outside mirrors on both sides as nec-
essary for optimum rear view when in your Pull the lever [B] beside the seat frontward
usual driving position. Keep the mirrors to release the lock and lean back or for-
clean at all times. ward to the desired angle. Then release
the lever to lock.
Adjustment
3. Seat angle (If so equipped)
First, adjust the stay according to the body
type. Then make mirror adjustments by turn- Turn the dial [C] to adjust the seat angle.
[B]
ing the mirror. Left turn: Front of the seat raises up.
Right turn: Front of the seat lowers down.

[C]
AD-0114

2-7
H1-A017E01.book 8 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SEAT BELTS
Seat suspension (If so equipped)

3-POINT TYPE 3-POINT TYPE


2-POINT
TYPE

ASSISTANT’S SEAT DRIVER’S


(BENCH TYPE) SEAT
AD-0130

Seat suspension may have been provided (2) Air suspension seat type
for the driver's seat as an option. [Full air brake type]
3-POINT TYPE 3-POINT TYPE
(1) Mechanical seat adjustment type The air suspension seat allows to auto-
[Hydraulic brake type] matically adjust the height of the seat to
Turn the dial and set the pointer to your your weight.
weight.
(EXAMPLE)
Body weight Dial graduation
140 lb 140 ASSISTANT’S DRIVER’S
SEAT SEAT
60 kg 60 (SEPARATE TYPE) AD-0338

2-8
H1-A017E01.book 9 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

3-point type Seat belts


Seat belts with ELR are equipped with at the
seats for driver as well as assistant.
HINT:
ELR (Emergency Locking Retractor):
• Under normal conditions, it will expand PUSH IN TONGUE
and contract freely, according to the
body movement. However, the driver’s
and assistant’s bodies will automatically
be fixed to the seat and protected, in BUCKLE
case of a caution.
• Pull out the seat belt slowly when you A2-0140ZA
with to use it. It may get caught half way z To fasten your belt, pull it out of the z The retractor will lock the belt during a
if you try to pull it out suddenly and retractor and insert the tongue into the sudden stop or on impact. At other times
quickly. In this case, return the belt back buckle. you can move easily.
to the original position and pull it out
z You will hear a click when the tongue z Adjust the position of the lap and shoul-
again slowly.
locks into the buckle.Make sure that the der belts.
WARNING connection is secure and the belt is not z Position the lap belt as low as possible on
twisted. The seat belt length automati- your hips, not on your waist. Failure to do so
To help reduce the probability and
cally adjusts to your size and the seat increases the chance of injury due to sliding
severity of injury in an accident or sud-
den stop, all occupants should correctly position. under the lap belt during an accident.
use seat belts at all times while vehicle z For your safety, do not place the shoul-
is moving. Read and follow all seat belt der belt under your arm.
instructions.

2-9
H1-A017E01.book 10 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2-point type seat belts (If so equipped)

LOOSEN FREE END

PRESS
PRESS
RELEASE
BUTTON
TONGUE RELEASE
BUTTON

A2-0141ZA A2-0022ZB A2-0023ZC


z To release the belt, press the buckle- z To loosen the belt, hold the tongue at a z To reduce the chance of injury in an acci-
release button and allow the belt to right angle to the belt, as shown, and pull dent, the seat belt should fit snugly
retract. the tongue. around your hips, not on your waist.
z If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out z To tighten the belt, pull the free end of z To release the belt, press the buckle
and check for kinks or twists. Then make the belt webbing and adjust it to fit release button.
sure that it remains untwisted as it your hips snugly (not on your waist).
retracts. z When not using the seat belt, adjust the
length of the belt so that it does not hang
over onto the floor, properly insert the
tongue into the buckle, and then arrange
the belt on the seat.

2-10
H1-A017E01.book 11 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

[HINTS FOR USING SEAT BELTS] z Children:


z Children in vehicles should be restrained z Keep the belts clean and dry. If they
WARNING
to help reduce the chance and/or sever- need to be cleaned, use a mild soap and
To help reduce the probability and ity of injury in accidents or sudden stops. lukewarm water solution. Do not bleach
severity of injury in an accident or sud- z For children who can sit on the seat by or dye the webbing, as this may weaken
den stop, all occupants should correctly themselves, we recommend the use of them considerably.
use seat belts at all times while vehicle
the lap belt provided. z Replace the belt assemblies if they have
is moving. Read and follow all seat belt
instructions. z Infants: been subjected to severe impact during
use in a collision.
z To help reduce the possibility and/or the Child safety restraint systems are avail-
severity of injury in accidents or sudden able. Hino recommends the use of a type z The driver and all assistants should wear
stops, use the seat belts properly. which is suited to your vehicle. Be sure to their belts whenever the vehicle is mov-
read the manufacturer's instructions care- ing.
z Pregnant women:
fully before use.
Hino believes that a seat belt should be
worn, but recommends that any pregnant z Never use a single belt for more than one
woman first consult her for doctor advice adult or child at a time.
before using a seat belt. z Be careful not to damage the belt web-
z Injured persons: bing and hardware by trapping them in
the seats or doors.
First, ask your doctor for advice. Hino rec-
ommends the use of the seat belt. z Check the seat belt system for damage
periodically. Damaged parts should be
replaced. Never modify the seat belt sys-
tem.

2-11
H1-A017E01.book 12 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND


CONTROLS
The gauges and controls necessary to run
your vehicle are mounted on the instrument
panel.
1 2 4 7
IMPORTANT: For safe driving, do not place
anything on driver's seat, dashboard or
instrument panel that will obstruct driver's
view of the instruments or the road.

Instrument panel
1. Speedometer
2. Odometer and Tripmeter
3. Trip meter reset knob
4. Warning and Indicator lights
5. Fuel gauge
Air pressure gauges
6.
[Full air brake type]
7. Tachometer
8. Coolant temperature gauge
3 4 5 6 8 4
AD-0122

2-12
H1-A017E01.book 13 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

METER AND GAUGE


Fuel gauge Coolant temperature gauge Air pressure gauge [Full air brake type]
[Model for USA]
NORMAL OPERATING
TEMPERATURE ZONE
RED ZONE

DP060701ZA AD-0149 DP060602ZA

The fuel gauge indicates the approximate This gauge operates when the starter key is
level of fuel in the fuel tank. It operates when [Model for CANADA]
“ON” and indicates the engine coolant temper-
the starter key is in the “ON” position. Fill the ature. Normal operating temperature is indi-
tank with diesel fuel when the pointer gets cated in the figure.The red zone indicates
near the “E”. engine overheating.If the pointer is between
normal and red zone while driving, you can
CAUTION
continue to drive paying attention to the gauge.
To prevent damage to the engine, only
use diesel fuel. CAUTION
If the pointer is in the red zone or you
notice the engine overheating, follow
DP060601ZA
instructions in Section 5 OVERHEAT-
ING on page 5-10.

2-13
H1-A017E01.book 14 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Speedometer, Odometer and Tripmeter Speedometer


This gauge indicates the air pressure in the [Model for USA] The speedometer indicates the vehicle's for-
reserve tank of the service brake system. ward speed in miles per hour (MPH) and kilo-
When the air pressure drops below 71lb/in2 meters per hour (km/h).
(5.0kg/cm2), the warning light on the instru- Odometer and two tripmeters
ment panel lights and the beep sounds. (The This meter displays the odometer and two
beep does not sound as long as the parking trip meters.
brake is applied.) If the warning light and )
*
ODOMETER z Odometer
beep come on while driving, pull off the road
AND Shows the total distance the vehicle has
and stop the vehicle as soon as possible at TRIPMETER been driven.
a safe place. Have an authorized Hino dealer
ODOMETER/TRIPMETER z Two trip meters (TRIP A and TRIP B)
check and correct the malfunction. Contin-
SELECT BUTTON AD-0152 Shows two different distances indepen-
ued driving without correction is extremely
hazardous. dently driven since the last time each trip
[Model for CANADA] meter was set to zero. You can use one
WARNING trip meter to calculate the fuel economy
and the other to measure the distance on
Low air pressure in the brake system
each trip. All trip meter data is cancelled
could result in the brakes not working.
Do not drive the vehicle until this mal- if the electrical power source is discon-
function is corrected by an authorized nected.
Hino dealer. )
* ODOMETER Odometer Tripmeter set up
AND Tripmeter A two of TRIP A and
TRIPMETER TRIP B .
Tripmeter B
ODOMETER/TRIPMETER
SELECT BUTTON AD-0151

2-14
H1-A017E01.book 15 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

z Trip meter reset Tachometer The tachometer indicates the engine speed
Resets the two trip meters to zero, and [Model for J08E engine] in revolutions per minute (RPM, r/min.).
also changes the meter display. To The green zone indicates the better engine
GREEN ZONE speed for fuel economy.
change the meter display, quickly push
and release the button. The meter display The red zone indicates overrunning.
RED
changes in the order from the odometer to (J08E:Over 2,600RPM(r/min.)
ZONE
trip meter “TRIP A” to trip meter “TRIP B”, (J05D:Over 3,000RPM(r/min.)
then back to the odometer each time you
WARNING
push. To reset the trip meter “TRIP A” to
zero, display the meter “TRIP A” reading, Never drive with tachometer in red zone.
then push and hold the button until the In the red zone, you are exceeding the
meter is set to zero. The same process maximum permissible engine revolu-
AD-0153
can be applied for resetting the trip meter tion. Doing so can cause severe engine
“TRIP B”. and power damage and can result in
[Model for J05D engine] serious injury and/or property damage.
HINT:
GREEN ZONE
“OVERRUNNING” means the engine
speed is exceeding the maximum per-
RED
RED missible engine revolution. Operating
ZONE
ZONE the engine at this speed will impose
excessive loads on different parts of
the engine and will result in damage to
the engine.

AD-0154

2-15
H1-A017E01.book 16 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHT


Warning light
Your vehicle is equipped with system
warning lights on the instrument panel.
There lights remain unlit if the related sys-
tem is functioning normally. If a warning
light remain unlit with the starter key in the
10 5 7 4 11 9 “ON” position while the engine is not run-
ning, it indicates that the warning light is
malfunction. After starting the engine, if
indicates a system malfunction and/or a
beep sounds, it indicates a system mul-
function. Stop the vehicle immediately
and refer to next page. Note that all warn-
ing lights will turn off if the starter key is
turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

1 2 3 8 6 12

AD-0342

2-16
H1-A017E01.book 17 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

No. Symbol Function If light comes on or gauge is too low or too high, do this Refer to Page No

1 Parking brake If parking brake is off, stop and check. 2-18


PARK

2 Brake pressure Stop the vehicle, check and contact Hino dealer. 2-18
BRAKE

3 Air brake pressure Stop the vehicle and contact Hino dealer. 2-18

4 Battery charge line Stop the vehicle and check. 2-19

Coolant level too low.


5 Coolant level 2-19
Fill up coolant in the reserve tank.
6 Engine oil pressure Stop the vehicle and contact Hino dealer. 2-19

7 CHECK
Engine electronics Stop the vehicle and contact Hino dealer. 2-20
ENGINE

8 ABS line Stop the vehicle and contact Hino dealer. 2-20

9 Fuel filter Drain water 2-21, 7-22

10 Low fuel level Fill up tank 2-21

11 Automatic transmission Stop the vehicle and check 2-21

Automatic transmission
12 Stop the vehicle and check 2-21
oil temperature

2-17
H1-A017E01.book 18 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1. Parking brake warning light 2. Brake pressure warning light 3. Air brake pressure warning light
With the parking brake applied and the key in [Hydraulic brake type] [Full air brake type]
the “ON” position, the parking brake warning If light remains on after you start the engine, The light comes on when the starter key is
light will come on. this may indicate a brake system failure. In turned to the “ON” position. If the air pressure
this case, your brakes may not work. Do not system works properly, the light turn off after
CAUTION drive the vehicle with this light on. few seconds.The after warning light and
The brake light is on when the parking This light illuminates when the engine is off beep are designed to come on when the air
brake is not completely released. To and the key is in the “ON” position. pressure in the air brakes gets to low.
prevent damage to parking brake,
release before driving. CAUTION
If the warning light comes on and/or the
beep sounds while driving, stop your
vehicle at the nearest safe place. But
remember that the stopping distance
may be longer.
Have an authorized Hino dealer check
and correct the malfunction before driv-
ing again.
After starting the engine do not drive your
vehicle until the warning light has turned off
and the beep has stopped sounding. The
beep does not sound as long as the parking
brake is applied.

2-18
H1-A017E01.book 19 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

4. Battery charge warning light 5. Coolant level warning light 6. Oil pressure warning light
The battery charge warning light indicates The light comes on when the starter key is The oil pressure warning light indicates that
the state of the battery charging circuit. turned to the “ON” position. If the coolant the engine oil pressure is not high enough for
When the starter key is turned to the “ON” level properly, the light turn off after few sec- safe operation.
position, the light comes on. It should go off onds. After the coolant level warning light
CAUTION
when the engine is at idle speed or above. If comes on confirm the residual volume of
it doesn't or it comes on while driving, stop If the warning light comes on and/or the
coolant in the radiator. Check to see if cool-
beep sounds while driving, pull off the
the vehicle and have your vehicle checked ant is leaking from the cooling system. road and stop the engine immediately.
and repaired at an authorized Hino dealer. If it is, do the following: Have authorized Hino dealer check and
1. If the reserve tank is empty: correct it. Otherwise, continued driving
If the leakage of coolant is found, bring can result in serious damage to the
your vehicle to an authorized Hino dealer engine.
to have it checked and repaired.
If there is no leakage of coolant, wait until
the engine and radiator have cooled
down and replenish the radiator and/or
the reserve tank.
2. If there is coolant in the reserve tank:
Bring your vehicle to an authorized Hino
dealer to have it checked and repaired.
CAUTION
If the warning light comes on and/or the
beep sounds while driving, pull off the
road immediately and stop your vehicle
carefully.

2-19
H1-A017E01.book 20 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

7. CHECK ENGINE warning light 8. Anti-Lock Brake System warning light 9. Fuel filter warning light
This light shows whether the operating con- This light confirms that the Anti-Lock Brake The light comes on when the starter key is
dition of the electronically controlled fuel System (ABS) is properly functioning. The turned to the “ON” position. If the accumu-
injection system is normal or not. light should come on briefly when the key is lated water level properly, the light turn off
Operation of the CHECK ENGINE warning turned “ON” position. If the light comes on after few seconds.
light while driving or doesn't come on when start- This light warns you that the amount of accu-
ing the vehicle, you may have a problem with mulated water in the fuel filter has reached
(1) The light comes on when the key is
your ABS. Have your vehicle serviced imme- the specified level. If this light comes on,
turned to “ON” or “START” position
diately by an authorized Hino dealer. drain the accumulated water immediately.
before starting the engine. If it doesn't
(See page 7-20 for FUEL SYSTEM)
light, either the light has burned out or WARNING
there is a problem with the fuel system. NOTICE:
If the ABS light comes on while driving, Never drive with this warning light turn
(2) While the system is operating after start-
there could be a problem with the ABS. on. Doing so will damage the engine.
ing the engine, it will go off. If this light Your regular service brakes will, how-
comes on after starting the engine or ever, work normally, but you should be
while driving the vehicle, it is a sign that careful and drive the vehicle in the same 10.Low fuel level warning light
something abnormal has occurred. way that you would drive a vehicle with- The light comes on when the starter key is
out ABS. Have your vehicle inspected turned to the “ON” position. If the fuel level
NOTICE:
and serviced immediately at an autho- properly, the light turn off after few seconds.
If something unusual has been found rized Hino dealer.
in the operations (1) and (2) above, This light comes on when the fuel in the tank
have your vehicle checked and is nearly empty. Fill up the tank as soon as
repaired at an authorized Hino dealer. possible. On inclines or curves, due to the
z Occurrence of system abnormality: movement of fuel in the tank, the low fuel
The warning light comes on. It is neces- level warning light may come on earlier than
sary to have your vehicle checked and usual.
repaired as quickly as possible.

2-20
H1-A017E01.book 21 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

11. Check automatic The ECU may not respond to shift selector 12.Automatic transmission oil tempera-
transmission warning light (Allison requests since upshifts and downshifts may ture warning light
2200RDS,2500RDS,3000RDS) be restricted and direction changes may not This light indicates when the automatic
Each time the starter key is turned to the occur. transmission fluid temperature exceeds
“ON” position the check automatic transmis- specified limits. If the transmission over-
sion warning light will illuminate. heats during normal operations do the fol-
Allison 2200RDS,2500RDS; It illuminates lowing. Check the fluid level in the
within one second, and then it goes off after transmission. Stop the vehicle and check the
a few seconds. cooling system. If it appears to be functioning
Allison 3000RDS; It will illuminate during properly, run the engine at 1,200-1,500
the “ON” position. This light illuminates when RPM(r/min.) with the transmission in “N”.
the engine is off and the key is in the “ON” This should reduce the transmission and
position. engine temperatures to normal operating
If the light does not illuminate when starting levels in 2 or 3 minutes. If temperatures does
the engine, or if the light remains on after not decrease, reduce the engine RPM(r/
starting the engine, the transmission system min.). If high temperature in either the engine
should be checked immediately. or transmission persists, stop the engine and
Illumination of the check automatic transmis- have the overheating condition investigated
sion warning light at any time after start-up by maintenance personnel. Have your con-
indicates that a problem has been detected. tact by an authorized Hino dealer.
The ECU will register a diagnostic code and
shifts may be restricted. Depending on the
severity of the problem, you may be able to
continue operating the vehicle until you
reach an authorized Hino dealer.

2-21
H1-A017E01.book 22 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Indicator lights
a. Turn signal or hazard lights
b. Headlight high beam light
c. Pre-heater light
f d e h d. Constant speed cruise control light
e. Cruise control light
f. Range inhibit light
g. O/D OFF light
h. Automatic transmission select posi-
tion lights

a b a c g

AD-0344

2-22
H1-A017E01.book 23 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

No. Symbol Indication Refer to Page No.

a The turn signal or hazard lights are operating. 2-24

b The headlight high beam is turned on. 2-24

c The glow plugs are heating. 2-24

d The “Cruise control” has been enabled. 2-24

e The “Cruise control” has been engaged. 2-24

The automatic transmission operation is being inhibited and range


f 2-24
shifts being requested by the operator may not occur.
g The over drive range of the automatic transmission is not being used. 2-24

The automatic transmission has been engaged in this select position.


h * * * * 2-24
(*The symbol is different depending on the vehicle model.)

2-23
H1-A017E01.book 24 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Indicator lights e. Cruise indicator light the overdrive switch installed on the trans-
a. Turn signal indicator lights After the “Cruise Control” system is started, mission selector is in the off position.
the cruise light will light up, indication that the Overdrive will not operate even if you select
The turn signal indicator lights on the instru-
“Cruise control” has been engaged. (See the automatic transmission is in “D” position,
ment panel flash when the turn signals or
page 2-32) unless engine RPM (r/min) is excessive.
hazard lights are operating. (See page 2-29)
(See page 2-44)
The a problem has been detected
b. Headlight high beam indicator light f. INHIBIT indicator light
(After the problem has been detected)
[Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308]
The headlight beam indicator light on the Illumination of the check automatic transmis-
instrument panel lights when the headlight On models equipped with automatic trans- sion warning light at any time after start-up
high beam is turned on or the passing switch mission. This indicates that transmission indicates that a problem has been detected.
lever is pulled up. (See page 2-29) operation is being inhibited and that range The ECU will register a diagnostic code and
shifts being requested by the operator may shifts may be restricted. Depending on the
not occur. When certain operating conditions severity of the problem, you may able to con-
c. Pre-heater indicator light are detected by the ECU the controls will tinue operating the vehicle until you reach an
The pre-heater indicator light comes on command the transmission to be locked in authorized Hino dealer. The ECU may not
when the glow plugs are heating. The light the range currently in use. If the torque con- respond to shift selector requests since
will go off, when the glow plugs are hot verter clutch is applied when the condition is upshifts and downshifts may be restricted
enough. (See page 3-19) detected, the clutch will be disengaged con- and direction changes may not occur.
currently with the activation of the INHIBIT
light.
d. Constant speed cruise light h. Select position indicator lights.
Constant speed cruise light is lit whenever [Model: Except for HINO 338]
the “ON” switch on the “Cruise control” is g. O/D OFF indicator light
On models equipped with automatic trans-
pushed for more than 0.5 seconds. [Model: HINO 145, 165 and 185]
mission, the indicator lights indicate that the
(See page 2-31 to 2-34) On models equipped with automatic trans- automatic transmission has been selected to
mission, the indicator light comes on when this position. (See page 2-42 to 2-46)

2-24
H1-A017E01.book 25 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SWITCHES AND BUTTONS


Refer to
No. Switch and buttons
page No.
2 4 5 6 1 3
1 Key with steering lock 2-26
Combination lighting switch
2 2-28
(Lighting, Bean control and turn signal)
Windshield wiper control and
3 2-30
washer switch, and Hazard switch
4 Cruise control set button 2-31
5 Cruise control main switch 2-32
6 Rheostat light control switch 2-35
7 Van light switch (If so equipped) 2-35
8 Mirror heater switch (If so equipped) 2-35
9 Electric horn 2-51
10 Air horn (If so equipped) 2-51
11 Idle set knob (If so equipped) 2-36
12 Cigarette lighter 2-37
7 8 9 10 11 12
AD-0346

2-25
H1-A017E01.book 26 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1. KEY (2) “LOCK” position


(1) Key with steering lock
CAUTION
Never move the vehicle after removing
the key or while the key is in the “LOCK”
position.
This operation is extremely dangerous
because the steering wheel is locked
and the vehicle cannot be steered.
NOTICE:
• If the key will not turn to or from the
“LOCK” position, turn the steering
DP050101ZA In the “LOCK” position, the steering wheel wheel slightly clockwise or counter-
clockwise, and the key can then be
Insert the key fully. You may turn the key to locks. The key cannot be inserted or
turned easily.
the “ACC”, “ON”, “START” position. removed at any other position. Turn the key
while pressing to set it at “LOCK” position. • After the engine is stopped, always
set the key to the “LOCK” position. If
Then pull out the key.
the key is clockwise in the “ON” or
“ACC” position the batteries will
begin to discharge, and this may
result in difficulty later in starting the
engine.

2-26
H1-A017E01.book 27 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

(3) “ACC” (ACCESSORY) position (4) “ON” position (5) “START” position

[1]

[2]

AD-0129

Turning the key to the first position closes the Turning the key to the second position closes (1) Turning the key to this position ener-
accessory equipment circuit (such as the all electrical circuits except the starter cir- gizes the starter allowing the starter to
cigarette lighter and audio), but does not cuits. crank the engine.
close the starter, preheating warning device (2) The key automatically returns to the
and charging circuits. “ON” position when released.
NOTICE:
To stop the engine, rotate the key coun- CAUTION
terclockwise to the “ACC” or “LOCK” Do not turn the key to “START” position
position. after the engine has started. This could
cause damage to the starter and/or
engine.

2-27
H1-A017E01.book 28 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2. Combination lighting switch


(3) Warning and indicator lights will come (1) Lighting switch z When turned counterclockwise to the
on. When the key is in the “ON” position, “1st” position, the clearance lights, identi-
abnormalities of each part and operation fication lights, side marker lights, tail
of devices etc. are displayed with priority lights, license plate lights and instrument
over the normal display. lights are turned on.
z When turned counterclockwise to the
“2nd” position, the headlights are turned
2nd on in addition to the above lights.
1st z The day time running lights are turned on
OFF when the parking brake is released and
the lighting switch to the “OFF” or the
DP051202LA “1st” position. When turned to the “2nd”
position, the day time running lights are
Switch position
Light turned off in addition to the above lights.
OFF 1st 2nd
NOTICE:
Instrument panel To prevent the battery from being dis-
Clearance charged, do not leave the lights on for
× O O a long period when the engine is not
Tail lights
running.
License plate
Headlights × × O
Day time running lights O O ×

2-28
H1-A017E01.book 29 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

(2) Beam control switch (3) Turn signal switch

UP
PASS

1 DP051203LA DP051204ZA DP051201LB

The beam control switch operates in the fol- Passing - Pull up (Position 3)
lowing manner: The high beam headlight will stay lit as long
High beam - Push down (Position 1) as the lever is held up. The passing position
The head lights come on at high beam. can be used even when the beam control
The high beam indicator light comes on while switch is in the “OFF” position.
the high beam is used.
Low beam (Position 2)
Pull the lever toward you for low beam. The
high beam indicator light turns off.

DP051102ZA

2-29
H1-A017E01.book 30 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

The turn signal switch is actuated by pulling 3. Windshield wiper control and washer Hazard light switch
the switch down toward you for a left turn, or switch
pushing up for a right turn. The turn signal
indicator light in the instrument panel will
flash in the direction of the turn being sig-
naled even when key is in the “LOCK” or
“ACC” position. The switch lever is of the
self-canceling type.

AD-0139
AD-0140
The switch marked with “ ” controls the
(1) Windshield wiper control switch hazard lights independently of the key.
The windshield wiper switch has four posi- The hazard light switch should be used to
tions, HI, LO, INT (Intermittent) and OFF. warn other drivers of your emergency stop
Select the switch position appropriate to the as all the turn signals will flash when the lever
weather conditions. is pulled up. Always try to stop off the road if
possible.
(2) Windshield washer switch
To operate the washer, push the switch but-
ton. The washer solution is sprayed on the
windshield while the washer button is pushed.
Do not operate the washer button contin-
uously for more than 15 seconds.

2-30
H1-A017E01.book 31 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

4. Cruise control Outline


z Never use the “Cruise control” on
“Cruise control” is a system for electronically steep downhill grades. Engine brak-
controlling the speed of the vehicle. When ing may be insufficient to be effective
the speed of the vehicle is set by use of the in slowing the vehicle and the “set”
“Cruise control”, the vehicle will continue to speed may be exceeded resulting in
operate at the speed set even when the an accident.
driver's foot is taken off of the accelerator z Never use the “Cruise control” in traf-
pedal. The purpose of the “Cruise control” fic situations that require frequent
system is to reduce driver fatigue. acceleration and deceleration such
as on roadways where there is a great
“Cruise control” should be used whenever deal of traffic and where there are
the driver wishes to travel at a constant sharp curves. The driver will be
AD-0115 speed for long intervals such as when driving unable to set the “Cruise control” at a
on interstate highways. speed suitable for the road condi-
tions and an accident could result.
WARNING
z Never use the “Cruise control” under
any of the following roads conditions.
Use of the “Cruise control” under
those conditions could result in an
accident causing serious injury or
death.
z Never use the “Cruise control” if the
roadway is slippery because of ice,
snow, water, and oil or because of any
AD-0379 other reason. The tires of the vehicle
may spin and the driver may lose con-
trol resulting in an accident.

2-31
H1-A017E01.book 32 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

5. Cruise control main switch 6. Cruise control set button


Press the main switch “ON”. Cruise starts when the set button is pressed
(Press for at least 0.5 sec.) and released after the desired speed has
The constant speed cruise light is lit. been reached by normal acceleration. (The
vehicle will continue to run at the set speed
CAUTION even when the foot is taken off the acceler-
Always keep “Cruise control” in OFF ator pedal.)
position and light off when not in use. After start of system operation, the cruise
light will come on and indicate that the cruise
control is working.

CAUTION
AD-0117
Never set the “Cruise control” at a
speed in excess of the legal speed limit.
The “Cruise control” is capable of being
CRUISE set at speeds in excess of 31MPH
(50km/h).

AD-0337

2-32
H1-A017E01.book 33 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

(1) Depressing the accelerator while (2) Temporary cancellation (3) Resuming cruise control
cruise control is on
When you need to accelerate with cruise
control on to pass another vehicle or to
respond to a dangerous situation, simply
press on the accelerator for more speed. You
will speed up unless the vehicle is already at
full power such as on an uphill road.”
When the foot is taken off the accelerator
pedal, the vehicle will return to the original
speed you set for cruise control.
AD-0115 AD-0117

While driving with cruise control, the cruise Press the “RESUME” button while cruising
mode will be temporarily cancelled automat- and take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
ically in the following cases. (The cruise light will not light and the vehicle
(The cruise light will not be lit.) will return to the original speed.)
• When the brake pedal is depressed. z Changing the set speed
• When the clutch pedal is depressed. <Increase>
• When shifting to neutral has been done. Press the “RESUME” button for at least
• When the vehicle speed has dropped to 0.7sec. The vehicle will accelerate.
28MPH (45km/h) or lower. Release the “RESUME” button when the
In the above cases, the resume function can desired speed has been reached.
be used to easily return to automatic cruise
control at the original speed.

2-33
H1-A017E01.book 34 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

(4) Cancellation of cruise mode


Push: Vehicle speed can be adjusted
every 0.6MPH (1 km/h).
Hold: Vehicle speed can be increased
automatically.

CAUTION
Never set the “Cruise control” at a
speed in excess of the legal speed limit.
<Deceleration>
Press the SET button continuously. The
AD-0115 AD-0117
vehicle will decelerate. Release the SET
button when the desired speed has been Cruise mode is cancelled when the ON side
reached. of the main switch is pressed 0.5 sec or WARNING
Push: Vehicle speed can be adjusted longer until indicator light is not lit.
Always set the “Cruise control” to the
every 0.6MPH (1 km/h). When the engine has stopped.
off position when it is not in use. If the
Hold: Vehicle speed can be decreased “Cruise control” is left in the “ON” posi-
automatically. tion, the “Cruise control” can be
engaged when the “set” button is
NOTICE: touched by mistake.
• The set speed also can be changed
according to the following method.
• Use the accelerator pedal or the
brake pedal to change to the desired
speed and then press the set button.

2-34
H1-A017E01.book 35 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

7. Rheostat light control switch (If so 8. Van light switch (If so equipped) 9. Mirror heater switch (If so equipped)
equipped)

AD-0144
AD-0335
AD-0141
This switch is used for working in the van or This switch is used to get rid of frost and fog-
The brightness of the instrument panel lights at night. When the switch is pushed, the indi- ging of the mirrors. When the switch is
can be adjusted by turning the control switch. cator light comes on and the van light turns pushed, the indicator light comes on and the
Turning the switch downward, the lights will on. Be sure to turn it off when work is com- rear-view mirrors are warmed.
dim gradually and at the end will turn off. peleted. NOTICE:
Adjust the brightness to be safe and suitable NOTICE: • Be sure to switch it to “OFF” after
for driving. using it.
• Be sure to switch it to “OFF” after
using it. • Do not use the mirror heater switch
• Do not use the van light switch while while the engine is stopped. The bat-
the engine is stopped. The battery tery will be discharged and the
will be discharged and the engine will engine will not start again.
not start again.

2-35
H1-A017E01.book 36 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

10.Idle set knob

WARNING
TURN
COUNTERCLOCKWISE TURN CLOCKWISE z Driving with the “Idle set knob” set to
MAXIMUM any speed higher than “standard
idling speed” is dangerous and could
cause the vehicle to suddenly accel-
erate, even when the vehicle is
stopped with the engine running.
Sudden acceleration could result in
an accident causing serious injury or
AD-0142 AD-0143 death.
The automatic adjustment of engine The manual adjustment of engine idling z Turn the knob carefully, or the engine
idling speed. speed. speed may increase too quickly.
z When the knob is turned all the way in z When the knob is turned in the clockwise NOTICE:
the counterclockwise direction, auto- direction, the mode changes from auto- • Turn knob carefully, or the engine
matic idling mode will be reached, and matic idling mode to manual adjustment speed may rise to quickly.
the engine idling speed will be adjusted mode, the engine speed will increase • Setting the idle speed higher than
automatically according to the tempera- and adjustment will become possible. standard may cause wrong fuel con-
ture of the engine coolant. sumption and a shortened clutch life.
z The standard idling speed is 750RPM (r/
z Normally, this should be turned all the min).
way in the counterclockwise direction. z If the engine speed is set higher than the
standard idling speed, sudden starting of
the vehicle, bad fuel consumption and a
shortened life of the clutch may occur.

2-36
H1-A017E01.book 37 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

ACCESSORIES
11.Cigarette lighter 12.Cab light switch 1. Sunvisor
CAB LIGHT
SWITCH

SUNVISOR

AD-0349 AD-0162
AD-0345

To operate the cigarette lighter, push the cig- When the switch is in the “DOOR” position, The sun visor protects your eyes from direct
arette lighter in. It will pop out in about 15 the cab light will go on and off when either rays. Change the angle of the visor to suit
seconds when it is ready to be used. Always door is opened or closed. To turn on the light conditions. It can also be used as a side visor
wait a few minutes before using the lighter when the doors are closed, turn the switch to by swinging it against the door window.
again. “ON”. To keep the light off even when a door
NOTICE:
is open, move the light switch to “OFF”.
When not using the sun visor as a side
CAUTION
visor, keep it forward and latched.
z Never hold the cigarette lighter in. If
the cigarette lighter does not pop out
after 15 seconds has elapsed with the
lighter pushed in, pull it out manually.
Do not leave the vehicle with the
lighter pushed in.
z Use genuine Hino cigarette lighters
or equivalents as replacements.

2-37
H1-A017E01.book 38 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2. Overhead console 3. Center console and drink holder 4. Cup holder (If so equipped)

CONSOLE

TYPE A TYPE B
AD-0163

NOTICE: The cup holder designed for holding


AD-0165
• Be careful not to spill hot drinks when cup(s) or drink-can(s) securely.
using the drink holder. To use the cup holder, pull it out com-
CAUTION • The drink holder should be used for pletely.
Do not place heavy or unstable objects capped bottles only.
in overhead consoles. They may fall • Keep the cover of center console CAUTION
when vehicle is moving and cause closed while driving. If it is open
z Do not place anything else other than
injury or interfere with safe driving. while driving, the locking hook may
cup(s) or drink-can(s) in the cup
be damaged.
NOTICE: holder, as such items may be thrown
Keep the cover of overhead console about in the cab and possibly injure
closed while driving. If it is open while people in the vehicle during sudden
driving, the hinge or locking mecha- braking or in an accident.
nism may be damaged. z To reduce the chance of injury in case
of an accident or sudden stop while
driving, keep the cup holder closed
when it is not in use.

2-38
H1-A017E01.book 39 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

5. Door pocket 6. Ashtray


DOOR GRIP

DOOR
POCKET
INSIDE
HANDLE

AD-0106 AD-0164

When finished with your cigarette, thor-


oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to prevent
other cigarette butts from catching fire. After
using the ashtray, close the cover in com-
pletely. To remove the ashtray, pull it upward
as shown in the illustration.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in case of
an accident or sudden stop while driv-
ing, always push the ashtray back in
completely after using.

2-39
H1-A017E01.book 40 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

LEVER AND PEDAL CONTROL


Manual transmission Gearshift lever (Selector lever) Automatic transmission
The transmission has six-forward or five-for- [Model: HINO 238, 268, 308, 338] (EXAMPLE)
ward speeds and one reverse. Use 1st gear
to start from a standstill. The shift pattern is
shown in the shift knob. When shifting R 1 3 5 LOCK KNOB

between “5th and 6th” or “4th and 5th” gears, OVERDRIVE


SELECTOR
the shift lever should be held to the right to N BUTTON
LEVER
prevent mis-shifting. Mis-shifting can cause
the engine to run at too high an RPM (r/min.). 2 4 6
Shift the lever after having fully depressed
the clutch pedal.
Apply synchromesh gears AD-0169 AD-0381
Transmission Synchromesh
[Model: HINO 145, 165, 185] (EXAMPLE)
6 speeds
1st to 6th
FS5406A, FS6406A LOCK KNOB
5 speeds R 2 4
2nd to 5th
FS4025A P

SELECTOR
LEVER
Before driving your vehicle, study the shift N
pattern and shifting procedure thoroughly. OD

When the lever is shifted into reverse “R” 1 3 5


position, the backup lights come on automat-
ically.
AD-0170 AD-0350A

2-40
H1-A017E01.book 41 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

The automatic transmission is equipped with If you attempt to engage “P” position
a starter safety switch which allows engine while vehicle is in motion (1 mph, 2 km/hr)
(EXAMPLE) LOCK KNOB starting only when the selector lever is in the or higher, the park pawl mechanism will
“N” (Neutral) or “P” (Parking) position. When ratchet, and will not hold the truck.
MODE
INDICATOR
shifting the selector lever to the desired posi-
SELECTOR tion, you have to press the button of the CAUTION
MODE LEVER
BUTTON selector lever before the lever can move as
z When the engine revolution is high
shown on the below. (for example, immediately after start-
MODE IN
NOTICE: ing the engine), moving the selector
DIGITAL lever to “D” or “R” without holding
For Allison Automatic Transmissions down the brake pedal may result in a
DISPLAY
refer also to separate Allison Trans- sudden acceleration of the vehicle.
AD-0350B mission Operator's Manual.
z When starting the vehicle, always
Aisin 450 and Allison 2200RDS Transmis- depress the brake pedal and then
NOTICE: sion with Park Pawl Mechanism move the selector lever from “N” or
DIGITAL DISPLAY A park pawl, which is standard on the Aisin “P” to “D” or “R”.
The first number displayed is highest 450 and Allison 2200RDS transmission,
forward range available and second effectively grounds the output shaft, thereby NOTICE:
number is range attained in selected WHAT IS THE CREEP PHENOMENON:
preventing rotation of the drive line. If the
position. This is when the vehicle starts to move
Visually check to confirm range vehicle is stationary, selecting the “P” (Park)
slowly without depressing the acceler-
selected. If display is flashing, shift is position on the shift selector places the
ator pedal when the selector lever is at
inhibited. transmission in “N” (Neutral) and engages the driving position and the engine
the park pawl (always use with the Park idling speed is high.
brake).

2-41
H1-A017E01.book 42 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

[Model: HINO 145, 165, 185] AISIN 450 [Model: HINO 308] Allison 2500RDS Operation of the selector lever
When changing gears, only use the lock
knob as illustrated above.

CAUTION
Do not push in the lock knob during
( ) operation. Doing so might make
you mistakenly move the lever to “R” or
“D” and result in an accident.

“P” Parking
When parking a vehicle equipped with both
[Model: HINO 238, 268] Allison 2200RDS [Model: HINO 338] Allison 3000RDS “P” Park position and apply the parking
brake.

CAUTION
Always fully set the parking brake.
Do not use selector lever instead of
parking brake. To avoid sudden, unex-
pected vehicle movement and possible
personal injury or death, perform the
following:
z A Bring the vehicle to a complete
stop.

2-42
H1-A017E01.book 43 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

“R” Reverse “D” Drive


z Put transmission selector in “P” Park
(for Aisin 450 and Allison 2200RDS The “R” position is used for driving back- This is the selector position for normal driv-
transmission) or “N” Neutral. ward. ing. The transmission is set in first gear at
z For the Aisin 450 and the Allison Wait until the vehicle has completely starting and automatically shifts into second,
2200RDS transmission, slowly lift stopped before shifting between “R” and the third and fourth gears as you depress the
foot from brake pedal to engage other positions. accelerator pedal, depending on the load
transmission park pawl mechanism. and speed desired.
z Apply the Park brake and ensure that
“N” Neutral
it is holding properly. (For the Aisin
450 and the Allison 2200RDS trans- Put the lever in the “N” position, when start- “3” Third and “4” Fourth
mission do not rely solely upon the ing or warming up the engine. The “3” and “4” position is used for driving in
parking mechanism of the transmis- The lever must also be in “N”, when operat- urban and suburban areas at medium
sion). ing the PTO (power take-off), with the vehicle speed. The transmission starts in first gear
z Turn off engine when you leave vehi- stationary. and automatically shifts to second and third
cle. Never leave the vehicle unat- (and fourth) gears, as driving conditions
NOTICE:
tended with engine running. require.
The engine should not start in any
position other than “N” or “P”.
If the engine can be started while the “2” Second
selector lever is in a position other than
“N” or “P”, the “safety switch” must be The “2” position is used for driving in con-
defective. In this case, take the vehicle gested traffic at low speed. The transmission
to an authorized Hino dealer. starts in first gear and automatically shifts
into second, as conditions require. It is also
used when using the engine for braking while
descending hills.

2-43
H1-A017E01.book 44 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

“1” First “O/D” Overdrive selection button Switch to “ON” by pushing the button and
The “1” position corresponds to the low gear [Model: HINO 145, 165, 185] “OFF” by pushing it again, which are indi-
of manually-shifted transmission. It is used cated in the instrument panel.
for climbing especially steep hills and nego- For normal driving, you should put “ON” the
tiating off-road terrain. overdrive (O/D) button. With the “D” position,
the speed can be controlled from 1st to 4th
speed automatically.
Refer to the Aisin or Allison Automatic Trans- When you put “OFF” the switch, the over-
mission “Operation Handbook” for details. O/D drive off light is turned on, the speed can be
BUTTON controlled from 1st to 3rd speed automati-
NOTICE:
• As the automatic transmission is pro- cally.
vided with a LOCK-UP function, For driving on a slope, you should put “OFF”
LOCK-UP operated once the specific the switch.
AD-0377
speed is exceeded, slipping of the For downhill driving, apply the effectiveness
torque converter is prevented, and a of the engine brake.
running performance to that of a vehi- For uphill driving, you can enjoy smooth driv-
cle with manual transmission will be ing with a few changes of speed.
obtained.
• LOCK-UP function provided with
automatic transmission improves
the driving performance.
• Vehicle speed may vary depending
upon vehicle condition.

AD-0378

2-44
H1-A017E01.book 45 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Driving mode selection switch [Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308] Starting the vehicle and under normal
Push the “PWR” mode button to shift to driving conditions
power mode lighting up the mode ON dis- (1) First, press down on the brake. Other-
play. Push the “ECON” mode button to return wise, if the selector lever is moved, the
to economy mode switching the light off. vehicle may start to creep. Depress the
[Model: HINO 338] brake pedal securely to prevent the
vehicle from moving.
Push the mode button to shift to power mode
INDICATOR lighting up the mode ON display. Push again (2) Shift the selector lever to “D” or “R” posi-
LIGHT to return to economy mode switching off the tion.
mode ON display.
CAUTION
z Power mode:
AD-0336 When moving the selector lever, never
Use this mode when driving uphill, when
[

you have a heavy load, or when you depress the accelerator or the vehicle
[Model: HINO338] need to accelerate. may move suddenly resulting in an acci-
dent.
z Economy mode:
(3) Release the parking brake lever and
MODE Use this mode when driving without a
INDICATOR then the brake pedal.
load or driving on a level road with a light
MODE load. (4) Depress slowly the accelerator pedal.
BUTTON The gear changes automatically accord-
MODE IN ing to the vehicle speed and load.

AD-1350A

2-45
H1-A017E01.book 46 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Manual shift driving

CAUTION CAUTION
If you do, the engine cannot act as a Do not use excessively the foot brake. If
brake and it may result in an accident. you use the foot brake excessively on
Also, you cannot accelerate in “N”. the downhill, the brake may be over-
heated and lose the braking force. It is
NOTICE: R R
N
D
N
D dangerous.
Operating the selector lever 4
3
2
4
3
2

• To shift the selector lever from


1 1 HINT:
reverse to forward or forward to • If the vehicle speed is relatively high
reverse, shift it always after the vehi- to the gear selected manually, some-
cle has stopped. Also check visually times shifting down the gear cannot
DP052609LA
the lever position. be made to prevent engine overrun.
You can shift the automatic transmission as In this case, depress the brake pedal
• To escape from the mud, shift the to slow down the vehicle speed.
you would a manual transmission.
lever from “D” to “N” and from “R” to
“N” one after another. • “OVERRUNNING” means the engine
speed is exceeding the maximum
• Do not run the engine at high speed Driving on the sloping road permissible engine revolution. Oper-
while depressing the brake pedal When driving uphill, move the selector from ating the engine at this speed will
with the selector lever at the position impose excessive loads on different
“D” to “1” depending on the slope and load.
other than “N”. parts of the engine and will result in
See page 2-21 for “Check automatic When driving downhill, move from “D” to “1”
according to the need to slow down using the the damage to the engine.
transmission warning light”.
engine as a brake.

2-46
H1-A017E01.book 47 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Stopping the vehicle Accelerator pedal


Keep the selector lever at “D” position and
CAUTION
securely depress the brake pedal with your
right foot. If you stop your vehicle on a slope, CAUTION FOR TOWING THE VEHICLE
apply the parking brake. z To tow an automatic transmission
When you are stopping for a long time, move vehicle, lift the rear wheels.
the selector lever to “N” (Allison 2500RDS &
z To tow this vehicle with a wire rope
3000RDS model) or “P” (Aisin 450 & Allison
without lifting the rear wheels, first CLUTCH BRAKE
2200RDS model), depress the brake pedal,
dismount the propeller shaft. Other- PEDAL PEDAL
and apply the parking brake.
wise, the transmission may over-
Parking the vehicle heat. ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
a. Shift the selector lever to “N” or “P” posi- z You cannot start an automatic trans- AD-0356

tion while holding down the brake pedal. mission vehicle's engine by pulling The accelerator pedal connected to the fuel
b. Apply the parking brake securely. or pushing the vehicle. system controls acceleration by pressing
down on the pedal. Release pedal for decel-
c. Release the brake pedal and stop the
eration.
engine. When parking the vehicle on a
sloping road, always lock the wheels by
wheel stoppers.

2-47
H1-A017E01.book 48 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Brake pedal Clutch pedal Parking brake lever (Toggle type)


An hydraulic power brake system or full air On vehicles with manual transmission, a [Hydraulic brake type]
brake system is installed in the vehicle. The clutch pedal is used to engage or disengage (EXAMPLE)
service brake is applied according to the the clutch, which connects or disconnects
brake pedal stroke. the engine from the power train.
Hydraulic power brake system WARNING
Disc type brake with split system plumbing
are used on all hydraulic power brake z Be careful not to allow any objects
such as cans or debris to be on the
equipped chassis. A Hydraulic power brake
floor of the vehicle so that they could
system is the hydraulic assist system that get caught under the brake pedal or
utilizes the hydraulic power steering pump clutch pedal and prevent the driver
to assist the driver by reducing the driver- from braking or changing gears.
applied force required at the brake pedal. Remove all cans and objects under AD-0257
The system also has an electrically pow- the seat and the brake pedal. To apply the parking brake:
ered back-up power assist in the event of a z Pay attention not to be caught by the Pull up the lever and the brake will be applied
malfunction in the hydraulic power pump floor mat or any debris between the at the transmission output shaft by way of
system or loss of engine power. brake pedal and the floor. It can be a cable and linkage.
cause of brake dragging.

2-48
H1-A017E01.book 49 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Parking brake control knob


(EXAMPLE) [Full air brake type]
WARNING
z Avoid applying the parking brake
while driving except for emergency
purpose. Using of the parking brake
while driving will make the rear wheel
lock up and the vehicle will be unsta-
ble. Doing so can result in a serious
accident.
z After using the parking brake in an
emergency, inspect it to be sure it
AD-0258B hasn't malfunctioned.
To release the parking brake: z Do not drive with the parking brake AD-0177

Push in the lever release button. Then, while applied. This can cause accelerated A powerful coil spring mechanically applies
holding the button in, push the lever down all abrasion and overheating of the the rear axle brake shoes whenever air pres-
brake components which can result
the way. sure against the spring is released.
in reduced braking effectiveness or a
fire.
z When parking the vehicle, apply the
parking brake firmly and make sure
that your vehicle holds in place.
z When parking on a slope, apply the
parking brake firmly and block all the
wheels.

2-49
H1-A017E01.book 50 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Steering wheel

PULL PUSH

RELEASE
ADJUSTING
LEVER LOCK
AD-0179 AD-0180 AD-0358

To apply the parking brake, pull the parking The height and the tilt angle of the steering
brake control knob out. This exhausts the air WARNING wheel can be adjusted to select a suitable
from the spring brakes. Use the parking driving position.
Use of the parking brake knob with the
brake control knob for parking purposes vehicle in motion will cause full unmod- a. Release the adjusting lever and move
only. If the supply pressure to this valve is ulated brake application, which could the steering wheel up or down and tilt for-
reduced to 35 - 45 lb/in2 (2.4 - 3.2 kg/cm2), cause personal injury due to wheel lock ward or backward as desired.
the parking brake control knob pops out up.
automatically, applying the parking brakes. b. After adjustment, lock the adjusting lever.

2-50
H1-A017E01.book 51 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Horn Air horn (If so equipped)


WARNING
z After adjustment, securely lock the
adjusting lever. An insufficient lock-
ing of the adjusting lever will cause
excessive steering wheel play and
this hinders the operation of the
steering wheel.
z Be sure to adjust the steering posi-
tion while the vehicle is parked. This
can cause the driver to lose control AIR HORN
and result in personal injury and/or ELECTRIC HORN BUTTON
property damage. AD-0183 AD-0100
z Do not keep the steering wheel fully Some areas have Local Noise Control Laws The horn is mounted in the instrument panel.
turned for prolonged periods of time. regulating horn use. Press on button to blow air horn.
This can cause damage to the power If your vehicle has both an electric and air
steering system.
hone, use the electric hone within city limits
Your vehicle is equipped with power assist and the air hone out side city limits.
steering. If the power steering system stops
Electric hone
functioning because of a stalled engine or
other malfunction, the vehicle can still be The electric horn is mounted in the center of
steered manually, but it requires much greater the steering wheel. Press on center of steer-
effort. If the steering malfunctions while driving, ing wheel to blow horn.
pull off the road immediately and stop the vehi-
cle carefully. Have an authorized Hino dealer
check and correct it.

2-51
H1-A017E01.book 52 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

ENGINE HOOD
Opening hood Closing hood

WARNING
z Ensure ample space around the hood
before commencing this operation.
z Never park your vehicle on a slope or
hill when opening the hood. Raising
or lowering a hood while the vehicle
is parked on a slope or hill can cause
property damage and/or personal
injury. Lowering a hood while so
parked may prevent the hood latches
from working properly. AD-0269 AD-0273

z If the vehicle is equipped with auto- 1. Parking the vehicle on a level surface. 1. Grasp the hood.
matic transmission, place the selec-
tor lever in the “N” neutral position or 2. Stop the engine, set the parking brake, 2. Close the hood slowly.
“P” parking position and block all the shift the transmission lever to the neutral 3. Lock the left and right hood latches.
wheels. position and remove the key.
4. Make sure that both hold-down latches
z Make sure there are no obstacles 3. Pull up the left and right hood latches, are fully engaged before operating the
above the hood. releasing the hood. vehicle.
z To avoid serious burns, keep away 4. Lift up the hood.
from hot metal parts such as the
engine, radiator and exhaust pipe.

2-52
H1-A017E01.book 53 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

WARNING
z Before closing the hood, make sure
that there is no one around the engine
or beneath the hood. Also make sure
that hand tools, gloves, waste etc. are
not left on or around the engine.
Fig.1
z When the hood weight is heavy or
adjustment of the torsion bar is not
proper, the hood could come down
with great force. Therefore be careful
there is no one beneath the hood
when it is lowered.
Fig.2 Fig.3
z If the engine is running, stop the
engine by turning the key counter-
NOTICE:
clockwise.
• Lock at the position of Fig.1 when
you fix hood latches.
• There is a possibility that the hood
latche and/or latche base is damaged
when fixing at the position of Fig.3.

2-53
H1-A017E01.book 54 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2-54
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 3
DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
DAILY INSPECTION .................................................................... 3-2
NEW VEHICLE BREAKING-IN ................................................... 3-18
STARTING THE ENGINE ........................................................... 3-19
DRIVING ................................................................................... 3-21
AFTER DRIVING ....................................................................... 3-29
HANDLING IN COLD WEATHER ............................................... 3-30
STARTING THE ENGINE AFTER PROLONGED VEHICLE STORAGE......3-31
ENGINE SHUTDOWN ................................................................ 3-32

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.

3-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

DAILY INSPECTION
Before starting the engine Coolant
WARNING
Engine oil CAP
Perform this daily inspection each day
before driving. Be sure to make any nec-
essary repairs and adjustments before FULL
PLEN
NOTICE

using the vehicle. For normal mainte-


nance, see Section 7. OIL LEVEL GAUGE
Failure to keep this vehicle in good LOW
BAS
repair could cause an accident resulting
in serious injury, death, or property FULL RESERVE TANK
ADD
damage.

AD-0190
AD-0098
Do not open the radiator cap since replen-
Check the engine oil level and check the ishment of the coolant takes place through
engine for leaks. the reserve tank. Check coolant level at the
reserve tank. If the coolant level is low, first
check to see that there is no leakage of the
cooling system and add coolant up to “FULL”
line.
NOTICE:
Keep coolant level between “FULL”
and “LOW” when engine is cold. In
case of the operation of the coolant
level alarm, coolant should be added to
the reserve take as well as the radiator.

3-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Power steering Drive belts


ENGINE MODEL:J05D Check drive belts for proper tension on page
A FAN PULLEY 7-45. Also check the drive belts for damage.
IDLER Replace them with new drive belts, if neces-
PULLEY sary.
B
FILLER
CAP CAUTION
MAX. GENERATOR Make sure to stop the engine to
PULLEY inspect the drive belt. Do not touch
FLUID LEVEL or get close to turning parts while
GAUGE MIN. AIR COMPRESSOR the engine is running. Your hands or
CRANKSHAFT clothes can get caught and you
AD-0193 PULLEY PULLEY AD-0369
might be injured.
1. Remove the filler cap and wipe the
ENGINE MODEL:J08E CRANKSHAFT 1. Stop the engine to inspect.
attached fluid level gauge with a clean
cloth. COMPRESSOR B PULLEY 2. The belt tension of J08E engine is auto-
PULLEY FOR AIR matically adjusted by the auto-tensioner.
2. Check the fluid level by screwing the cap
CONDITIONING So, the belt tension adjustment is unnec-
back on and removing the cap again.
essary.
When the fluid level is low, add fluid of
However, it is necessary to confirm that
same brand and type to the “MAX.” fluid
the indicator (engraved line) of the belt
level mark.
IDLER tensioner is in the belt usable range by
PULLEY performing the visual check from the A
position (A arrow view). Also, check the
ADJUSTING LOCK NUT a
BOLT b AD-0297 belt for damage at this time.

3-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Auto tensioner NOTICE:


ALTERNATOR ALTERNATOR COOLANT PUMP A damper generating a large damping
FAN PULLEY PULLEY
PULLEY PULLEY force in the contracting direction is
built-in the spring part of the auto-ten-
sioner. So, this has a construction dif-
CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY
ficulty to contract and easy to expand.
A ARROW VIEW
AUTO Engine compartment
TENSIONER
AUTO CRANKSHAFT
Be sure that no rags or waste paper are left
TENSIONER DP110802ZA PULLEY DP110802ZA in the engine compartment.
To inspect the auto-tensioner, push down the Check the moving parts and exhaust system
NEW BELT
belt between the pulleys with a constant carefully.
SETTING RANGE
force. Check to see that the tension pulleys
INDICATOR
(ENGRAVED
move with a constant speed. Then release
LINE) the belt and check to see that the tension pul-
BELT
leys return to the original position by the
USABLE RANGE spring force.
The judgment when its auto-tensioner
BELT USAGE replace is as follows:
LIMIT LINE
z If the pulleys do not move when pushing
If the indicator (engraved line) is out of the
down the belt.
belt usage limit line, or if the belt is damaged,
replace the belt with a new one. z If there are any abnormalities of pulleys
motion.
z If the pulleys do not return when releas-
ing the belt.

3-4
H1-A017E01.book 5 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Air cleaner service indicator Fuel filter Tires


(EXAMPLE) EXTENSION
HOSE WITH A
GAUGE AND
CLIP-ON CHUCK

PUSH
INDICATOR BUTTON
SIGNAL TYPE: 2
AD-0361 TYPE: 1 AD-0194 A3-0009ZB

The air cleaner service indicator is installed The fuel filter with water separator is at the Check tires for proper air pressure, damage,
near air cleaner. Check whether a red signal left side frame of the cab back. and wear.
is shown on the service indicator for clogging
TYPE:1 RACOR®
of the air cleaner.
TYPE:2 DAVCO®

3-5
H1-A017E01.book 6 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Wheel nuts Steering linkage


(EXAMPLE) Check ball joints and dust covers for wear or
damage. Check arms and rods for damage
or loose mounting.

Brake lines
DUST COVER Check lines and hoses for damage, rubbing
or leaks.
WHEEL Check the air leaks for valves, brake cham-
NUT
bers etc.[Full air brake type]
PITMAN ARM
A3-0010ZB AD-0195

Be sure that all wheel nuts are in place and


not loose.To check torque, refer to SECTION DUST COVER
7, “MAINTENANCE”.
TIE ROD

KNUCKLE
ARM

DUST
COVER

AD-0305

3-6
H1-A017E01.book 7 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Suspension Clutch fluid (Not applicable for automatic Brake fluid reserve tank
(EXAMPLE) transmission) [Hydraulic brake type]
SUSPENSION
BRACKET RESERVE TANK
SHOCK
ABSORBER BUFFER
RUBBER

MAX
MIN

SHACKLE
SUSPENSION SPRING
BRACKET
U-BOLT
AD-0196

Check front and rear springs for damage. AD-0198

Be sure that U-bolts are not loose. Check for Check the clutch fluid level. Check that the The brake fluid reserve tank is installed on
cracks in the suspension brackets and loose fluid reserve tank cap is securely tightened. the left side of the engine room.
fasteners in the spring hangers and shack- The clutch fluid reserve tank is installed in
les. Check the shock absorber for loose fas- the engine compartment. Check it after you
teners and leaks. open the hood.

3-7
H1-A017E01.book 8 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Brake pedal Parking brake Windshield washer


[Hydraulic brake type] [Full air brake type]
BRAKE CHAMBER WASHER TANK

CAP AD-0166

AD-0380 AD-0348
Check the washer solution level.
Test daily by listening for the electric motor Check the brake chambers for damage. Open the passenger door. The windshield
operation while applying the brakes with Check the parking brake air lines for dam- washer tank is located on the side of the
starter key is in the “LOCK” position or “ON” age. Check the mounting bolts for the brake seat. To add washer solution, refer to page 7-
position and engine is not operating. chambers for tightness. 60.
CAUTION
When getting into and getting out of the
cab, do not apply force on the washer
tank by putting your hands or legs on
the tank.

3-8
H1-A017E01.book 9 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Seat Steering wheel Mirrors

STAY
PIVOT

LOCK LEVER
MIRROR
PIVOT

AD-0199 AD-0112
AD-0200

Adjust the seat position. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired posi- Check and adjust mirrors.
tion. After adjusting, lock the steering wheel Pay attention to the side mirrors when driving
by locking down the lock lever. on narrow roads.

CAUTION
z The mirrors stick out from the vehicle
body. Be careful not to hit objects or
people when driving through a nar-
row road.
z Drive carefully when looking in rear
view mirror.

3-9
H1-A017E01.book 10 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Starting the engine Fuel gauge


NOTICE: WARNING
Before starting the engine, apply the
parking brake firmly and place the z Hydraulic brake systems are power
gearshift lever in neutral. If the vehicle assisted. Braking capabilities will be
is equipped with automatic transmis- greatly reduced without engine
sion, place the selector lever in the “N” assist. Do not move vehicle with the
(Neutral) or “P” (Parking) position. dead engine, as reduced braking
capability may result in property
damage, personal injury or damage.
“CHECK ENGINE” warning light AD-0148 z Do not drive if the electrical backup
When the key is in the “ON”, “START” posi- Check that the fuel is filled up. pump dose not cycle. To drive the
tion, the warning light ( ) will come on if
CHECK
vehicle without a properly operating
pump could result in loss of brakes
ENGINE

there is no failure in the light and circuit. Emergency equipment could cause an accident and result in
Before starting the engine, use this as a
Check that emergency equipment is in property damage.
check to see that the light is operable. If a
light should not light up, refer to page 3-28, place.
for warning lights.
Brake pressure warning light
If the warning light ( or ) remains illumi-
BRAKE

nated after engine start up, this indicates a


system failure in the brake system. Stop the
vehicle safely as soon as possible and seek
service immediately. This light illuminates
when the engine is off and the key is in the
“ON” or “START” position.

3-10
H1-A017E01.book 11 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

After starting the engine Warning lights, meters and gauges Battery charge warning light
Parking brake warning light Check that the battery charge warning light
WARNING
Check that the parking brake warning light ( ) is off.
Exhaust gas - Carbon monoxide ( or ) is off while the parking brake is
PARK

z Do not breathe exhaust fumes: they released. Fuel filter warning light
contain carbon monoxide. Apply the parking brake after checking the
z Carbon monoxide is colorless and warning light. When the starter key is in the Check that the fuel filter warning light ( ) is
odorless but very harmful. “START” position, the light will come on, off.
z Inhaling the exhaust fumes can lead enabling the light to be checked.
to unconsciousness and can be ABS warning light
deadly.
Air pressure warning light Check that the ABS warning light ( or
z If you smell exhaust fumes in the cab,
have the cause checked and cor- [Full air brake type] ) comes on once and then goes off.
rected immediately. If you have to Check that the air pressure warning light
drive under such conditions, drive ( ) is off.
with all windows and rear ventilators Turn signal and hazard indicator lights
open. Check that the turn signal and hazard indi-
z In order to prevent carbon monoxide Oil pressure warning light cator lights ( ) operate.
from entering the cab, inspection of Check that the oil pressure warning light
the exhaust system, cab, and cab ( ) is off.
ventilation system should be per-
formed by a competent technician.
z If anything is found to be wrong, have Coolant level warning light
it corrected immediately by an autho- Check that the coolant level warning light
rized Hino dealer.
( ) is off.

3-11
H1-A017E01.book 12 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Switches, levers and controls


Air pressure gauge [Full air brake type] 1. Steering wheel .
[USA] [CANADA] CAUTION
Excessive steering wheel play may
adversely affect vehicle handling. This
can result in personal injury and/or
property damage. Consult at an
kg/cm authorized Hino dealer.

AD-0365

Check that the air pressure gauge indicates AD-0201


normal operating pressure.
The steering wheel play on the circumfer-
ence is as follows:
Standard Limit
0 - 1.37 in 1.97 in
0 - 35 mm 50 mm

Check the steering wheel play with the front


wheels directed straight ahead and by turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly to left and
right. Always check the steering wheel play
with engine running.

3-12
H1-A017E01.book 13 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2. Horn 3. Parking brake 4. Accelerator pedal


(EXAMPLE)

CLUTCH BRAKE
PEDAL PEDAL

ELECTRIC HORN ACCELERATOR


PEDAL
AD-0183 AD-0257 AD-0356

Check the horn function. Check that the accelerator pedal returns
smoothly. Check the engine idling revolution.

PULL

AD-0179

Check the parking brake function.

3-13
H1-A017E01.book 14 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

5. Brake pedal 6. Clutch pedal (Not applicable for auto-


matic transmission)
WARNING
BRAKE PEDAL PLAY
Regarding checks and adjustment of
wheel brake lining wear, perform
checks and adjustment according to
SECTION 7, “MAINTENANCE”. Under
severe driving conditions, more fre- PLAY
quent maintenance is required. Failure
to properly adjust the brakes can result
in personal injury and/or property dam-
age.
AD-0202 1ST STAGE
2ND STAGE DP112101ZA
Check the brake pedal play by depressing
the pedal by hand. Check that there is clear- Depress the clutch pedal with fingers and
ance between the brake pedal and the toe you will feel resistance in two stages. The
board when the brake pedal is fully pedal stroke up to the 2nd stage of resis-
depressed. When the depressed brake tance is the pedal play. When the pedal play
pedal is released, make sure that the sound has reached the limit, have the pedal play
of exhaust can be heard from the brake valve adjusted at an authorized Hino dealer.
mounted underneath the cab floor. [Full air Clutch pedal play
brake type]
Model Standard Limit
HINO 145, 1.4 - 2.2 in 1.2 in
165, 185 (35 - 55 mm) (30 mm)
HINO 238, 268, 1.7 - 2.3 in 1.4 in
308, 338 (44 - 59mm) (35 mm)

3-14
H1-A017E01.book 15 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

7. Windshield wiper and washer switch 8. Door lock Seat belts

UNLOCK

PUSH IN TONGUE
LOCK

BUCKLE

AD-0140 A2-0030ZB A2-0140ZA

Check the windshield wiper and washer Check door locks function. Check seat belts for damage and mounting.
switch operation.
WARNING
Do not drive vehicle if there is any dam-
age. Have seat belts and mounting
repaired.

3-15
H1-A017E01.book 16 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Out side the cab Before driving the vehicle [Full air brake type]
1. Look for leaks with the engine running. Parking brake [Hydraulic brake type]
(Fuel, lubricants, fluid, exhaust fumes, (EXAMPLE)
etc.)
2. Check that all the lights work.
3. Check the engine for unusual noises and PUSH
the exhaust for smoke.

AD-0180
AD-0258B

Release the parking brake lever.


[USA] [CANADA]
(Be sure that the parking brake indicator light
is off.) or

PARK
AD-0364

3-16
H1-A017E01.book 17 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Right after driving the vehicle Warning to park


Push the parking brake control knob in. Service brake [Hydraulic brake type]
(Be sure that the parking brake indicator light Test the brake at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) (EXAMPLE)
( or ) is off.)
PARK to 6 mph (10 km/h) in a safe area and make
Check behind your vehicle for obstruc- sure that the brakes are effective and do not
tions. pull to one side.

WARNING
Steering wheel
Do not drive in reverse without first Check the steering wheel for difficulty in han-
carefully checking behind your vehicle dling, pulling to one side, etc.
for any persons or obstructions.

Other AD-0257

Make sure that all the instruments are in


good order. (EXAMPLE)

AD-0258B

3-17
H1-A017E01.book 18 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NEW VEHICLE BREAKING-IN


[Full air brake type] Breaking-in
A longer service life, better performance,
WARNING
and more economical operation of your vehi-
To lessen the risk of personal injury cle will be determined mainly by good vehicle
and/or property damage from vehicle care with proper breaking-in.
movement, before leaving your vehicle, Especially for the first 600 miles (1,000 km)
perform the following: the following care should be taken:
z Apply the parking brake firmly. Make 1. Warm up the engine before driving.
sure that your vehicle holds in place.
2. When you start a loaded vehicle, use 1st
z In parking on a slope, block all the
gear. When you go uphill, use an appro-
wheels.
priate lower gear.
AD-0177 3. Full-throttle starting and harsh applica-
tion of brakes should be avoided.
APPLY THE
When the odometer reading reaches
PARKING BRAKE 2,500 miles (4,000 km), 5,000 miles
(8,000 km) and 6,000 miles (10,000
km), your vehicle should be serviced
according to SECTION 7, “MAINTE-
NANCE”.

BLOCK

BLOCK
AD-0359

3-18
H1-A017E01.book 19 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

STARTING THE ENGINE


Parking brake burnishing Starting procedure NOTICE:
[Hydraulic brake type] Apply the parking brake firmly. • Turn the key to “ON” position before
It is recommended that the following burnish- 1. Normal temperature conditions: depressing the accelerator pedal.
ing procedure be performed on new vehicles When the key is at “LOCK” or “ACC”
Depress the clutch pedal (Not applicable for position, the fuel system function for
during the new vehicle breaking-in period. automatic transmission) fully, and then turn cold weather will not operate.
Carry out the burnishing in a safe place. the key to the “START” position.
• When the engine does not start on
1. Release parking brake and turn adjusting 2. Cold weather conditions (Vehicle with the first attempt, wait approximately
knob until pull resistance 40lbs (8kg). pre-heater system (If so equipped)): 30 seconds before trying again.
2. Make ten (10) stops from 10MPH (16 km/ (1) When the water temperature is 32°F • Do not keep the starter engaged for
h) on a dry, hard surface road using only (0°C) or below, turn the key switch to more than 15 seconds at a time.
parking brake to stop vehicle. (3) When the engine starts, make sure the
“ON” position. The indicator light ( )
3. After each stop, release parking brake turn on for five seconds and pre-heating gearshift lever is still in neutral. If the
and drive vehicle at 20MPH (32 km/h) for is carried out. (When the water tempera- vehicle is equipped with automatic
2.5miles (4km) to cool the brake. tures is above 32°F (0°C), the indicator transmission, the selector lever is still in
4. Readjust hand lever adjusting knob. light doesn't turn on. the “N” (Neutral) or “P” (Parking) posi-
tion, and release the clutch pedal (Not
5. Then again check the parking brake (2) After the indicator light turns off, press
available with automatic transmis-
lever stroke. Adjust if necessary referring the clutch pedal and accelerator pedal
sion).
to page 7-57. to the floor, turn the key switch within 3
seconds to the “START” position and NOTICE:
start the engine. Power is intermittently After the engine starts, do not turn the
applied to the glow plug for 90 seconds. key to the “START” position. This
could cause damage to the starter
motor and/or engine.

3-19
H1-A017E01.book 20 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Inspection while at idling speed The automatic adjustment of engine idle The manual adjustment of engine idle
speed. speed.
TURN
CLOCKWISE When the knob is turned all the way to the z When the engine has started, gradually
left, automatic idle mode will be reached, and release the accelerator pedal and set a
the engine idling speed will be adjusted auto- slightly higher idle speed with the idle set
matically according to the coolant tempera- knob.
ture. z Perform warm-up operation until the nee-
z Non-adjustable, the engine idle knob dle of the coolant temperature gauge
should be turned all the way to the coun- starts to move. When the needle of the
TURN COUNTER- terclockwise. coolant temperature gauge starts to
CLOCKWISE z When the knob is turned to the clock- move, return the idling set knob to adjust
MAXIMUM AD-0142, AD-0143 wise, the mode changes to manual the low idle speed.
adjustment mode. NOTICE:
z Engine warm-up is completed when the Never drive with higher idle speed than
idle speed returns to low. Low idling standard. That could result in unneces-
speed is 750 RPM (r/min). sary fuel consumption and reduced
clutch life.

WARNING
z Always set the idle set knob to low
before starting to drive.
z Driving with a high idle speed could
DP060501ZA cause the vehicle to accelerate sud-
To avoid shortening engine life, engine denly, even when the vehicle is
warm-up is necessary. stopped.

3-20
H1-A017E01.book 21 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

DRIVING
If the cause of the trouble is not clear, Operation of manual transmission
WARNING
call an authorized Hino dealer. Use 1st (first) gear to start from a standstill
z Never drive the vehicle with the and select the proper speed gear according
engine stopped. to running conditions.
z Never drive with the clutch disen-
gaged (Not applicable for applicable CAUTION
for with automatic transmission).
z To prevent damage from engine over-
z Never drive with the gearshift or running, the maximum speeds for
selector lever in neutral. each gear, should not be exceeded.
These are very hazardous conditions Be especially careful when down-
and can result in loss of vehicle control shifting.
with resulting personal injury and/or z Stop the vehicle before shifting into
property damage for one or more of the reverse from forward, or shifting into
following reasons: forward gear from reverse.
z When the engine is not running, the
brake system will not function prop-
erly, and this can result in a longer Using the clutch (Not applicable for auto-
stopping distance. matic transmission)
z The power steering system will not When starting the vehicle from a standstill or
function, and much greater effort is when shifting gears, sudden engagement of
needed to control the steering. If a the clutch should be avoided. Also, clutch
malfunction occurs while driving, slippage can be caused by revving the
pull off the road immediately and stop
the vehicle in a safe place. Check and engine excessively when starting the vehi-
correct the malfunction before cle. These could cause damage to the power
resume driving. train.

3-21
H1-A017E01.book 22 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NOTICE: Using the brake


• Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving. WARNING
• Do not hold the vehicle on a slope z Depressing the brake pedal fully
with clutch slippage. This can cause should be avoided except in an emer-
premature clutch wear or failure. gency. Frequent full braking can
• Always start with the proper gear. severely shorten the life of tires,
brake drums and linings, and other
• Excessive friction heat is the worst
parts. Also full braking can cause
enemy of the clutch.
skidding, especially when road is
• Never coast with the clutch pedal wet, and loss of vehicle control.
pushed down. (Do not overrun the
z “Fanning” (alternately applying and
clutch)
A3-0042ZA releasing) of the brake pedal will use
• Never drive the vehicle with the sud- up air reserve, and result in a
den engagement of the clutch. decrease in braking power. [Full air
• Promptly report any unusual clutch brake type]
operation to an authorized Hino Braking on a downhill grade
dealer. (Proper maintenance should
z Before going down a long or steep
be performed without delay)
hill, make sure that the brakes work
• Do not shift until the vehicle has properly by lightly applying the brake
reached proper speed. pedal.
z Be careful not to overrun the engine
when downshifting.
z Do not apply the foot brake exces-
sively. Frequent or continuous appli-
A3-0043ZA
cation of the brake will overheat the
brake and cause fading of the brakes

3-22
H1-A017E01.book 23 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

and vapor lock (Hydraulic brake type). z Although ABS prevents wheel lock-
The service brake will then no longer CAUTION
up and assists the vehicle in coming
work properly. When wheel brakes get PRECAUTIONS WHEN DRIVING A VEHI- to a stable stop during braking, it
wet. CLE EQUIPPED WITH ABS does not change the time you need to
apply the brake pedal or the stopping
z Driving through deep water may get z Be cautious in all hazardous driving
distance of your vehicle.
the wheel brakes wet. With wet situations, especially when driving
brakes, the stopping distance of your on wet roadways, ice, snow, gravel or z Pumping your brakes on a slippery or
vehicle will be greater than normal. dirt. icy road will make the drive wheels
lock-up and will make the vehicle
z After driving through deep water, first z Always drive safely, taking into con-
unstable. In such a situation, disen-
make sure that there is no other vehi- sideration the road and traffic condi-
gage the clutch or set the shift lever to
cle around you and then apply the tions and the conditions of your tires,
the “Neutral” position to stop the
brakes lightly to see how they are including tire type and tire wear.
effect of the engine brake on the drive
working. Always keep a safe distance from any
wheels. Continue to drive after set-
z If the brakes do not work well, apply vehicle being driven in front of you.
ting the shift lever to the appropriate
the brakes lightly while driving your z Even with ABS, the braking distance shift lever position.
vehicle very carefully. Repeat this on a wet road will be longer than on a
z When the ABS activates, you may feel
until the brakes work normally. dry road, and if the road surface is
a slight vibration of the brake pedal.
covered with ice, snow or gravel, the
You may also feel a pull on the steer-
braking distance will be even greater.
ing wheel. In addition, added noise
z ABS functions only when one or more may be generated. These conditions
of your wheels slip as the result of are not malfunctions of the ABS.
applying the brake. Always brake Adjust your speed to the road and
firmly, never pump your brakes. ABS traffic conditions and drive safely.
is not intended to function when
z If the ABS activates, the vehicle's air
starting, turning or accelerating your
consumption rate will be higher than
vehicle.
usual. If the air pressure becomes low
and the air pressure warning light

3-23
H1-A017E01.book 24 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

comes on and a beep sounds, imme- How to load cargo


diately stop the vehicle in a safe place. Do not load cargo in excess of the maximum
Begin driving again only after the load capacity.
return to normal air pressure. [Full air
WARNING
brake type]
z Before equipping the vehicle with Excessive or incorrect loading can
tires that are not specified for this cause instability, accelerated wear and
vehicle, consult an authorized Hino tear, insufficient braking, and other
dealer. Improperly sized tires can neg- problems. This can result in an accident
atively affect ABS functions. and serious injury, death, or property
damage.
NOTICE:
In case of heavy cargo. Due to the dan-
ger of sliding when braking or turning,
cargo sliding must be prevented by
cargo being fixed securely with wire
cables.

3-24
H1-A017E01.book 25 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Item Recommendable loading Improper loading


1. Avoid uncentered loading, and distribute the
cargo uniformly.

2. As far as possible, avoid projection of long


objects beyond the rear end of the body.
Avoid 2-point support at the cab guard and
the rear end of the overhang.

3. When load supports are used, use sufficient


supports and position them properly.

4. High and one-side loads should be avoided


because of the danger of tilting when turning.

5. Rope cargo securely.


Heavy cargo especially must be fixed ——— ———
securely to the load carrying platform.

3-25
H1-A017E01.book 26 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Item Recommendable loading Improper loading


6. In the case of container vehicles, execute

1 container 2 containers
Heavy Light Light Heavy
loading so that the load is greater toward the
front axle.
For example, when there are two containers,
of which one is empty and the other full, the
empty one must be loaded at the rear.

Precaution for loading and unloading the z The moment that a heavy load is loaded,
vehicle equipped with air spring (If so the load carrying platform may some-
equipped) times come down temporally due to the
z The moment that a heavy load is imbalance between supporting force of
unloaded, the load carrying platform may the air springs and the load. But the load
sometimes rise temporally due to the carrying plat form will return to its normal
imbalance between supporting force of position in a few seconds by the action of
the air springs and the load. But the load vehicle height adjusting mechanism.
carrying platform will return to its normal
position in a few seconds by the action of
vehicle height adjusting mechanism.

3-26
H1-A017E01.book 27 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Steering Driving through a flooded area Windshield wiper and washer switch
Before turning, reduce the vehicle's speed. NOTICE: NOTICE:
Turning with the brakes applied should be Never drive the vehicle through a Remove ice or snow from the wind-
avoided since it may cause accelerated wear flooded area. If the water is deep shield and wiper blades before using
on tires and loss of vehicle control on a wet enough to reach the bottom of the oil the wipers. When the wipers are frozen
or slippery road. pan, this will cause failure of the cool- to the windshield or lower windshield
ing fan, slippage of the drive belts, or molding, thaw or loosen the wipers
failure of the engine due to water carefully so as not to damage the
Engine overrunning sucked into the air. blades. Do not operate the wipers if the
Be careful not to overrun the engine when blades are frozen to the windshield
downshifting. When downshifting on a down- glass since this could damage the
hill grade, apply wheel brakes and keep the wiper motor and wiper arms and
blades.
vehicle speed within the maximum operating
In cold weather warm the windshield
speed for each gear. glass with the defroster before using
the washer. This will help prevent icing
CAUTION which could obstruct your vision. Use
washer fluid to prevent fluid from freez-
Warning for overrunning: ing and to help clean the windshield
Overrunning of the engine is indicated glass. However, do not use the type of
by the pointer in the red zone of the washer fluid that damages paint or rub-
tachometer. If this happens, reduce ber. Follow the manufacturer's instruc-
engine speed immediately. tions for the proper concentration of
washer fluid solution, refer to the page
WARNING 7-60.
To reduce the link of personal injury
and/or vehicle damage, engine over-
running should be avoided.

3-27
H1-A017E01.book 28 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Coolant temperature gauge Warning lights Check to see if the beep sounds when your
Your vehicle comes equipped with the fol- turn the key to the “ON” position and the
NORMAL OPERATING lowing warning lights. parking brake is released. If the beep does
TEMPERATURE ZONE not sound on the above condition, have your
Normal display:
RED ZONE vehicle inspected and repaired an autho-
Display of trip meter, time, drive manage-
rized Hino dealer.
ment, and other information.
Warning indication:
Abnormalities of each part and operation of
devices etc. are displayed with priority over
the normal display. When the key is set to
AD-0149 “ON”, the previously displayed contents will
The normal operating temperature zone is be displayed.
as shown in the figure. If the pointer is However, in case of abnormalities or opera-
between normal and red zone while driving, tion of devices, they will be displayed with
you can continue to drive paying attention to priority.
the gauge. Check to see that the warning lights and indi-
cator lights function normally. If the warning
CAUTION lights go off after starting the engine, they are
functioning normally.
If the gauge is in the red zone, stop the
vehicle at a safe place and keep the If the light does not light up the fuse may be
engine running at idling speed to cool broken. Check them and replace the broken
the coolant. parts with new ones.
Do not shut off the engine at once. Refer
If the light still does not light up after replac-
to SECTION 5 for the countermeasure.
ing the fuse, have your vehicle inspected and
repaired an authorized Hino dealer.

3-28
H1-A017E01.book 29 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

AFTER DRIVING
STOPPING THE ENGINE Air tank [Full air brake type] Air dryer [Full air brake type]
1. Apply the parking brake firmly and place
the gearshift lever in neutral (if the vehi-
cle is equipped with automatic transmis-
sion, place the selector lever in the “N”
(Neutral) or “P” (Park) position).
2. Idle the engine for 3 to 5 minutes before
stopping the engine. Then turn the key to
the “ACC” position to shut off the engine.
3. Turn the key while pushing to set it at the DRAIN
“LOCK” position. Then pull out the key. COCK LEVER
DP110201ZA

Drain water from the air tank by pulling the Check the function of the dryer by opening
drain cock lever at the end of the driving day. the drain cocks of the reservoirs before and/
or after the day's operation. If an unusual
CAUTION amount of water or oil is present, consult an
Drain water from air tank before using authorized Hino dealer.
the vehicle each day and at the end of
the day. Failure to drain this water, espe-
cially in cold weather, can result in fro-
zen air lines which will cause lessened
braking power.

3-29
H1-A017E01.book 30 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

HANDLING IN COLD WEATHER


1. Starting the engine in cold weather (3) When the temperature is extremely low,
The diesel engine utilizes a compression FRONT OF installation of a coolant immersion
ignition system and therefore starting the VEHICLE heater into the engine block is recom-
engine in cold weather may be difficult com- mended to warm up the coolant.
pared to a gasoline engine. (4) When a coolant immersion heater is
In order to facilitate cold weather starting, TO STARTING used, carefully read the manufacturer's
adhere to the following procedures. MOTOR instructions.

2. Starting method GROUND 3. Maintenance to facilitate cold weather


starting
AD-0362
WARNING (1) Check that there is no water in the fuel
WARNING system. Water in the fuel system will
Do not use ether to assist with starting
since it is highly toxic and flammable freeze and make starting the engine
z This vehicle has a 12 volt, negative
and could cause a fire or explosion. impossible.
ground system. When installing three
(1) When the temperature goes below 0°F batteries in the vehicle, connect the (2) In cold weather, always fill the fuel tank
(-18°C), Hino recommends the use of three positive terminals of the batter- to FULL, otherwise moisture could con-
three batteries. ies to the positive battery cable and dense in the tank causing rust and mak-
the three negative terminals of the ing it impossible to start.
Battery cable fitting nuts batteries to the ground cable as
Torque:12 - 18N·m shown in the figure.
(8.6 - 13ft·lbf, 120 - 180kgf·cm) z Never connect positive and negative 4. Engine block heater (If so equipped)
(2) Use diesel fuel ASTM 2-D in cold terminals to each other. The socket for block heater is placed
weather, if necessary. When removing the battery ground at under the driver’s seat side door.
the time of inspection, maintenance,
etc., both ground cables must be
removed.

3-30
H1-A017E01.book 31 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

STARTING THE ENGINE AFTER


PROLONGED VEHICLE STORAGE 3. Apply the parking brake firmly. Place the
1. Check the engine, transmission, rear gearshift lever in neutral (if the vehicle is
axle housing, brake for proper oil levels. equipped with automatic transmission,
Check the fluid levels for brake [Hydrau- place the selector lever in the “N” (Neu-
lic brake type], clutch (Not applicable tral) or “P“(Parking) position).
for automatic transmission) and power 4. Depress the clutch pedal fully (Not appli-
steering. Check the coolant level. Add cable for automatic transmission).
oil, fluid or coolant if required.
5. With the key in the “LOCK” position, dis-
2. Make sure that ground cables for both connect the connector of the ECU to the
engine and battery are well grounded, engine stop. Then turn the key to the
and that the connections are clean and “START” position and allow the engine to
free of rust and corrosion. Check that the crank until the oil pressure warning light
AD-0360
batteries are properly charged. Charge goes off.
NOTICE: the batteries, if necessary.
• First, put the harness in the socket of NOTICE:
Battery cable fitting nuts Do not run the starter more than 10 sec-
the chassis side and turn on power
(120V) Torque: onds at a time.
• Before using it, remove all the rust Battery to connector φ 8 mm 6. With the key in the “LOCK” position.
and dirt. Any rust and water sticked 5.9 - 9.8 N·m (60 - 100 kgf·cm, When the engine starts, make sure the
to the terminal can trip the breaker. 52 - 87 in·lbf) oil pressure warning light is off and then
Connector to cable φ 10 mm warm up the engine by running at low
CAUTION 12 - 18 N·m (120 - 180 kgf·cm, idle.
Make sure to disconnect the power 8.7 - 13 in·lbf) NOTICE:
source plug outlet before starting the If the oil pressure warning light does
engine. Starting the engine without dis- not go off, immediately stop the engine
connecting it can cause the breakdown and have an authorized Hino dealer
of the engine block heater. check and correct the situation.

3-31
H1-A017E01.book 32 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

ENGINE SHUTDOWN
Shutdown warning light or audible beep Good practice calls for several minutes prior If the oil pressure low or coolant temperature
to shutdown, particularly after a long run high warnings activate, the engine will not
where engine has been producing maximum run.
horsepower and heat load. This allows heat
to be dissipated from iron masses and
CHECK
ENGINE evenly distributed throughout the various
system.
Vehicles may be equipped with an automatic
shutdown system which stops the engine in
the event of high coolant temperature or low
engine oil pressure. A warning light on the
instrument panel along with an audible beep
OM03371 will indicate high coolant temperature or low
oil pressure. If the temperature and/or oil
pressure continues to change beyond the
warning point to a predetermined level, the
engine will automatically shut down.
Vehicles equipped with the automatic shut-
down system are also equipped with an
override feature which will allow the engine
to be restarted so that the vehicle can be
moved, if mechanically capable. The engine
BEEP should be run no longer than absolutely nec-
essary. Activate the override system be turn-
OM03372
ing the key to “LOCK” position. Then turn the
key to the “START” position to restart the
engine.

3-32
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 4
O P E R AT I O N O F I N S T R U M E N T S A N D
CONTROLS
AUDIO SYSTEM
REFERENCE ............................................................................... 4-2
USING YOUR AUDIO SYSTEM ................................................... 4-2
AUDIO SYSTEM OPERATING HINTS .........................................4-11
CLOCK ...................................................................................... 4-14
AIR FLOW, HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONER CONTROLS
AIR FLOW SELECTOR SETTINGS ............................................ 4-19
OPERATING TIPS ..................................................................... 4-19
SIDE VENTS ............................................................................. 4-21

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.
4-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

AUDIO SYSTEM
REFERENCE USING YOUR AUDIO SYSTEM
Some basics SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
This section describes some of the basic fea- Push “FM·AM”, “TAPE” or “CD” if the system
tures on Hino audio systems. Some informa- is already on but you want to switch from one
ST
FM
tion may not pertain to your system. function to another.
AM
SKIP RPT H M SET
Your audio system works when the starter TONE AND BALANCE
1 2 3 4 5
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. For details about your system's tone and bal-
RPT MS MS

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF ance controls, see the description of your
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system own system.
on and off. Tone
AD-0325 Push “FM·AM”, “TAPE” or “CD” to turn on How good an audio program sounds to you
that function without pushing “PWR·VOL”. is largely determined by the mix of the treble
FM-AM radio/cassette player
You can turn on each player by inserting a and bass levels. In fact, different kinds of
cassette tape or compact disc. music and vocal programs usually sound
You can turn off each player by ejecting the better with different mixes of treble and bass.
cassette tape or compact disc. If the audio Balance
system was previously off, then the entire A good balance of the left and right stereo
audio system will be turned off when you channels is also important.
PWR VOL
T.No DISC 1 CD IN eject the cassette tape or compact disc. If the
CH SCAN ALL ST.
MODE
Keep in mind that if you are listening to a ste-
another function was previously playing, it
RANDOM
PUSH H TUNE M

1 2 3 4 5 6 SEEK CLOCK
reo recording or broadcast, changing the
will come on again.
RAND RPT SCAN

right/left balance will increase the volume of


one group of sounds while decreasing the
volume of another.
AD-0326
FM-AM radio/compact disc player

4-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

RADIO ANTENNA CASSETTE PLAYER


Erect the antenna when listening to the When you insert a cassette, the exposed
radio. tape should face to the right.
The antenna is installed on the upper side of NOTICE:
the driver's side door.
Do not oil any part of the player and do
The tilt angle of the antenna can be changed not insert anything other than cassette
by 5 steps. Hold the lower portion of the tapes into the slot, or the tape player
antenna when tilting it. may be damaged.
The antenna is a removable screw-in type.
When washing the vehicle in an automatic
car wash, remove the antenna. COMPACT DISC PLAYER
Then put the rubber cap that came with the When you insert a disc, gently push it in with
DP080101LA vehicle in the antenna hole. Replace the the label side up. (The player will automati-
antenna after washing. cally eject a disc if the label side is down.)
The compact disc player will play from track
HINT:
1 through the end of the disc. Then it will play
The radio cannot operate at its full per-
from track 1 again.
formance if the antenna is not upright.
NOTICE:
Never try to disassemble or oil any part
of the compact disc player. Do not
insert anything except a compact disc
into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 4.7 in.(12
cm) disc only.

DP080102ZA

4-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

FM-AM radio/cassette player


Details of specific buttons, controls and fea-
tures are described in the alphabetical list
that follows.

ST
FM
AM
SKIP RPT H M SET

1 2 3 4 5
RPT MS MS

AD-0327

4-4
H1-A017E01.book 5 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

MODE(AUDIO CONTROL) PWR.VOL (Power / Volume) SCAN ( ) Radio


Manual tone adjustment function— Push “PWR.VOL” to turn the audio system Quickly push and release “( )” Scan button.
This knob is used to adjust the tone manu- on and off. Turn “PWR.VOL” to adjust the The radio will tune in the next preset station
ally. For low-pitch tone adjustment, push volume. Turn “PWR.VOL” while pulling it to up the band, stay there for a few seconds,
“MODE” repeatedly until “BAS” appears on adjust the left or right balance. and then move to the next preset station.
the display. Then turn the knob to suit your FM·AM To select a station, push “( )” a second time.
preference. The display will show the range To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push
If the audio system is off, you can turn on the
from “B: -5” to “B: 5". For high-pitch tone and release “( )”. The radio will find the next
radio by pushing “FM·AM”. Also, push
adjustment, push “MODE” repeatedly until station up the station band, stay there for a
“FM·AM” to switch from cassette operation to
“TRE” appears on the display. Then turn the few seconds, and then scan again. To select
radio operation.
knob to suit your preference. The display will a station, push “( )” a second time.
ST (Stereo reception) display
show the range from “TR: -5” to “TR: 5". Seeking”∧“(up) or “∨”(down)
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
Sound balance adjustment function— In the seek mode, the radio finds and plays
reception when a stereo broadcast is
This knob is also used to adjust the sound the next station up or down the station band.
received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
balance between the right and left speakers. To seek a station, push and hold the “∧” or “∨”
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces the
side until you hear a beep. Do this again to
For left/right adjustment, push “MODE” amount of channel separation to prevent the
find another station.
repeatedly until “BAL” appears on the dis- weak signal from creating noise. If the signal
play. Then turn the knob to adjust the left/ becomes extremely weak, the radio Tuning “∧” (up) or “∨”(down)
right balance. The display will show the switches from stereo to mono reception. Push and release the “∧” (up) or “∨” (down)
range from “L:7” to “R:7”. side to step up or down the station band. (If
you hear a beep, you held the button too long
and the radio will go into the seek mode.)

4-5
H1-A017E01.book 6 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1 2 3 4 5 (Preset buttons) TAPE (Reverse/Fast forward buttons)


These buttons are used to preset and tune in Push “TAPE” to switch from radio to cassette Push the fast forward button to fast forward
radio stations. To preset a station to a button: operation. a cassette tape. “FF” will blink on the display.
Tune in the desired station (see Tuning). (Eject button) Push the reverse button to rewind a tape.
Push and hold down the button until you hear “REW” will blink on the display. To stop the
Push this button to eject a cassette. After you
a beep-this will set the station to the button. tape while it is fast forwarding, push the fast
turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you will be able to
“CH” will appear on the display. To tune in to forward button or “TAPE”; to stop the tape
eject and reinsert a cassette.
a preset station: Push the button for the sta- while it is rewinding, push the reverse button
tion you want. The button number and sta- DOLBY® B NR* or “TAPE”. If a tape side rewinds completely,
tion frequency will appear on the display. If you are listening to a tape that was the cassette player will stop and then play
These systems can store FM and AM sta- recorded with Dolby® B Noise Reduction, that same side. If a tape fast forwards com-
tions for each button (The display will show push the " “button. The " “B” will appear pletely, the cassette player will play the other
“FM” or “AM” when you push “FM·AM”). The on the display. Push the button again to turn side of the tape, using the auto-reverse fea-
preset station memory will be canceled out if off Dolby® B NR. The Dolby NR mode ture.
the power source is interrupted (battery dis- reduces tape noise by about 10 dB. For best (Track down/up buttons)
connected or fuse blown). sound reproduction, play your tapes with this
By using these buttons, you can skip up or
Cassette player button on or off according to the mode used
down to a different track. You can skip up to
for recording the tape.
To scan the tracks, push “PS/AS” while oper- nine tracks at a time. Push the track down or
ating the cassette player. The cassette *: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under up button. “FF 1" or “REW 1" will appear on
player will play the next track for 10 seconds, license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing the display. Next, push the track down or up
then scan again. “PS/AS” will blink on the Corporation. “DOLBY” and the double D button until the number on the display
display. To select a track, push “PS/AS” or symbol are trademarks of Dolby Labora- reaches the number of tracks you want to
“TAPE” again. Push “TAPE” to stop scan- tories Licensing Corporation. skip.
ning.

4-6
H1-A017E01.book 7 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

If you push the button ten times, the skip fea- There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
ture will be turned off. When counting the space between tracks for the track down/up
number of tracks you want to skip back, buttons to work correctly. In addition, the fea-
remember to count the current track as well. ture may not work well with some spoken
For example, if you want to skip back to a word, live, or classical recordings.
song that is two tracks before the song you Set clock function
are listening to, push the track down button
Push “DISP” or “CLOCK” to set the clock.
until “REW 3" appears on the display. If you
(For details, see “Clock” on page 4-14)
push one track button more than you had
intended, push the other button. The number
of tracks will be reduced. The number of
tracks you select is not valid if it is higher than
the number of tracks remaining on the cur-
rent cassette side.
After the beginning of the tape is reached,
the player will automatically start playing the
same side.
After the end of the tape is reached, the
player will automatically reverse sides and
start playing the other side.

4-7
H1-A017E01.book 8 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

FM-AM radio/compact disc player


Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.

CD

PWR VOL
T.No DISC 1 CD IN MODE
CH SCAN ALL ST.
RANDOM
PUSH H TUNE M

1 2 3 4 5 6 SEEK CLOCK
FM AM RAND RPT SCAN

AD-0328

4-8
H1-A017E01.book 9 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

MODE (AUDIO CONTROL) If the audio system is off, you can turn on the SEEK
Manual tone adjustment function— radio by pushing “PWR·VOL”. Also, push Quickly push and release “SEEK SCAN”.
“FM·AM” to switch from compact disc oper- The radio will tune in the next preset station
This knob is used to adjust the tone manu-
ation to radio operation. up the band, stay there for a few seconds,
ally. For low-pitch tone adjustment, push
“MODE” repeatedly until “BAS” appears on FM·AM and then move to the next preset station.
the display. Then turn the knob to suit your Push “FM·AM” to switch between the FM and “SCAN” will blink on the display. To select a
preference. For high-pitch tone adjustment, AM band. “FM1”, “FM2” or “AM” will appear station, push “SEEK SCAN” a second time.
push “MODE” repeatedly until “TRE” on the display. If the audio system is off, you To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push
appears on the display. Then turn the knob to can turn on the radio by pushing “FM·AM”. and release “SCAN”. The radio will find the
suit your preference. Also, push “FM·AM” to switch from disc oper- next station up the station band, stay there
ation to radio operation. for a few seconds, and then scan again.
Sound balance adjustment function—
“SCAN” will blink on the display. To select a
This knob is also used to adjust the sound ST (Stereo reception) display
station, push “SCAN” a second time.
balance between the right and left speakers. Your radio automatically changes to stereo
∧ TUNE ∨ (TUNING)
For left or right adjustment, push “MODE” reception when a stereo broadcast is
repeatedly until “BAL” appears on the dis- received. “ST” appears on the display. If the Push and release the “∧” (up) or “∨” (down)
play. Then turn the knob to adjust the left/ signal becomes weak, the radio reduces the side of “TUNE” to step up or down the station
right balance. amount of channel separation to prevent the band. (If you hear a beep, you held the button
weak signal from creating noise. If the signal too long and the radio will go into the seek
PWR·VOL (Power/Volume)
becomes extremely weak, the radio mode.)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
switches from stereo to mono reception. Seeking
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume. Turn “PWR·VOL” while pulling it to In the seek mode, the radio finds and plays
adjust the left or right balance. the next station up or down the station band.
To seek a station, push and hold the “∧” or “∨”
side of “TUNE” until you hear a beep. Do this
again to find another station.

4-9
H1-A017E01.book 10 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons) (Track down/up buttons)


These buttons are used to preset and tune in There must be at least 3 seconds of blank By using this button, you can skip up or down
radio stations. To preset a station to a button: space between tracks for the track down/up to a different track. Push either side of the
Tune in the desired station (see “TUNE” but- buttons to work correctly. In addition, the fea- track button until the number of the track you
ton). Push and hold down the button until you ture may not work well with some spoken want to listen to appears on the display. If you
hear a beep—this will set the station to the word, live, or classical recordings. want to return to the beginning of the current
button. “CH” will appear on the display. To CD (Compact Disc) track, push the down side of the button one
tune in to a preset station: Push the button for time, quickly.
If the audio system is off, you can turn on the
the station you want. The button number and (Reverse/Fast forward buttons)
compact disc player by pushing “CD”. In both
station frequency will appear on the display.
cases, a disc must already be loaded in the Push the fast forward button to fast forward
These systems can store two FM and one
player. When the audio is set into disc oper- a disc. Push the reverse button to rewind a
AM stations for each button (The display will
ation, the display shows the track number disc. To stop the disc while it is fast forward-
show “FM1”, “FM2” or “AM” when you push
currently being played. ing, push the fast forward button or “CD” to
“FM·AM”). The preset station memory will be
(Eject button) stop the disc while it is rewinding, push the
canceled out if the power source is inter-
reverse button or “CD”.
rupted (battery disconnected or fuse blown). Push this button to eject a disc. After you turn
The number of tracks you select is not valid the key to “LOCK”, you will be able to eject a RAND (Random)
if it is higher than the number of tracks disc but you will not be able to reinsert it. You can listen to the tracks on a specific disc
remaining on the current cassette side. in random order. To randomly play the tracks
z After the beginning of the disc is on a disc: Quickly push and release “RAND”.
reached, the player will automatically “RANDOM” will appear on the display. The
start playing the same side. disc you are listening to will play in random
order. To turn off the random feature, push
z After the end of the disc is reached the
the “RAND” a second time.
player will automatically start.

4-10
H1-A017E01.book 11 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

AUDIO SYSTEM OPERATING HINTS


RPT (Repeat) NOTICE: CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
You can replay a disc track disc. Repeating To ensure correct audio system opera- AND TAPES
a track: Quickly push and release “RPT” tions: For high performance from your cassette
while the track is playing. “RPT” will appear • Be careful not to spill beverages over player and tapes:
on the display. When the track ends, it will the audio system. z Clean the tape head and other parts reg-
automatically be replayed. This process will • Do not put anything other than a cas- ularly.
be continued until you push the button again sette tape or Compact Disc into the
slot. z A dirty tape head or tape path can
to turn off the repeat feature.
decrease sound quality and tangle your
SCAN • The use of a cellular phone inside or
cassette tapes. The easiest way to clean
near the vehicle may cause a noise
You can scan the tracks on a specific disc. from the speakers of the audio sys- them is by using a cleaning tape. (A wet
Quickly push and release “SEEK SCAN”. tem which you are listening to. How- type is recommended.)
“SCAN” will appear on the display and the ever, this does not indicate a z Use high-quality cassettes.
player will scan all the tracks on the disc you malfunction.
Low-quality cassette tapes can cause
are listening to. To select a track, push the
many problems, including poor sound,
“SCAN” a second time. If the player scanned
RADIO RECEPTION inconsistent playing speed, and constant
all the tracks on the disc, it will stop scanning.
FM broadcasts have a range of about 40 km auto-reversing. They can also get stuck or
CLOCK tangled in the cassette player.
or 25 miles. When driving away from a sta-
Push “CLOCK” to set the clock. (For details, tion you may have to fine-tune your radio and z Do not use a cassette if it has been dam-
see “Clock” on page 4-15) turn up the volume as the station gets aged or tangled or if its label is peeling
weaker. Because FM uses a line-of-sight sig- off.
nal, tall buildings or hills may sometimes z Do not leave a cassette in the player if
block reception. These are all normal char- you are not listening to it, especially if it is
acteristics of FM reception and do not indi- hot outside.
cate any problem with the radio itself.
z Store cassettes in their cases and out of
direct sunlight.

4-11
H1-A017E01.book 12 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

z Avoid using cassettes with a total playing Special shaped discs


time longer than 100 minutes (50 min-
utes per side). The tape used in these
cassettes is thin and could get stuck or
tangled in the cassette player.
CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC
PLAYER AND DISC
z Extremely high temperatures can keep your
compact disc player from working. On hot
days, use the air conditioning to cool the
vehicle interior before you listen to a disc.
z Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
make your compact disc player skip. z Use only compact discs marked as Low quality discs
z If moisture gets into your compact disc shown above. The following products
player, you may not hear any sound even may not be playable on your compact
though your compact disc player appears disc player.
to be working. Remove the disc from the Copy-protected CD
player and wait until it dries. CD-R (CD-Recordable)
CD-RW (CD-Re-writable)
CAUTION
CD-ROM
Compact disc players use an invisible
laser beam which could cause hazard-
ous radiation exposure if directed out-
side the unit. Be sure to operate the
player correctly.

4-12
H1-A017E01.book 13 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Labeled discs

NOTICE: z Handle compact discs carefully, espe- To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a soft,
cially when you are inserting them. Hold lint-free cloth that has been dampened with
To prevent damage to the player or
changer, do not use special shaped, them on the edge and do not bend them. water. Wipe in a straight line from the center
low quality or labeled discs such as Avoid getting fingerprints on them, partic- to the edge of the disc (not in circles). Dry it
those shown in the illustrations. ularly on the shiny side. with another soft, lint-free cloth. Do not use a
z Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, or other conventional record cleaner or anti-static
disc damage could cause the player to skip device.
or to repeat a section of a track. (To see a
pin hole, hold the disc up to the light.)
z Remove discs from the compact disc player
when you are not listening to them. Store
them in their plastic cases away from mois-
ture, heat, and direct sunlight.

4-13
H1-A017E01.book 14 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CLOCK Setting the Clock


Two kinds of clock adjustments are possible:
DISP Manual Time Setting: Set hour and minute
digits individually. Setting by Broadcast Time
ST Signal: Set time using a broadcast time sig-
FM
AM nal.
SKIP RPT H M SET
1. Manual Time Setting
1 2 3 4 5
Set the hour.
RPT MS MS
While holding the [DISP] button depressed,
press the [H] button for about 0.5 seconds;
H:Hour SET the hour digit(s) will increment by one.
M:Minutes While holding the [DISP] button depressed,
hold the [H] button depressed; the hour
Display Example: A digit(s) will increment continuously.
SET

5
Set the minutes
11:58 MS
12:00 While holding the [DISP] button depressed,
press the [M] button for about 0.5 seconds;
the minutes digit(s) will increment by one.
Display Example: B
SET
While holding the [DISP] button depressed,
5
10:03 10:00 hold the [M] button depressed; the minutes
MS
digit(s) will increment continuously.
AD-0329

FM·AM radio/cassette player

4-14
H1-A017E01.book 15 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2. Setting by broadcast Time Signal


[TUNE DOWN] [TUNE UP]
When a radio station issues an hourly time
signal (“chime”), hold the [DISP] button
depressed and press the [SET] button;
depending on the current display time, the PWR VOL
clock display will be reset as follows: T.No
CH
DISC
SCAN
1 CD IN
ALL ST.
MODE
RANDOM
(1)If the time display shows between 30 PUSH H TUNE M

1 2 3 4 5 6 SEEK
and 59 minutes, the hours digits will RAND RPT SCAN
CLOCK

increment by one and the minutes digits


will be reset to 00. (See “Display Exam- [CLOCK]
ple A” in the illustration above.)
AD-0328
(2)If the time display shows between 00
and 29 minutes, the minutes digits will be FM·AM radio/compact disc player
reset to 00. (See “Display Example B” in
Clock display 2. Set the minute
the illustration above.)
Switch the display to the clock only, or by While pressing button [CLOCK], press
another operation only by every pressing button “∨” (down) to advance the hour by
button [CLOCK]. one minute. After the adjustment, the
Setting the clock clock will start from 0 second when button
1. Set the hour [CLOCK] is released.
While pressing button [CLOCK], press
button “∧” (up) to advance the hour by one
hour. After the adjustment, the clock will
start from 0 second when button [CLOCK]
is released.

4-15
H1-A017E01.book 16 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

AIR FLOW, HEATING AND


AIR CONDITIONER CONTROLS
1. Temperature selector
5 4 2. Air flow selector
3. Air Intake selector
4. Fan speed selector
5. Air conditioner button (If so equipped)

3 1 2

AD-0331

4-16
H1-A017E01.book 17 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1. Temperature selector 2. Air flow selector


z For details about air flow selector set-
tings, see “Air flow selector settings”
described below.
HINT:
When the windshield (defroster) is
used, Hino recommends the selector
be set to FRESH . This is due to
cloudy windshield cause by recircula-
tion of air in the cab.

AD-0388

Move the lever to adjust the temperature—to Move the lever to select the vents used for air
the right to warm, to the left to cool. flow.
(1)Panel—Air flows mainly from the instru-
ment panel vents.
(2)Bi-level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
(3)Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
(4)Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly
from the floor vents and windshield vents.
(5)Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.

4-17
H1-A017E01.book 18 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

3. Air intake selector 4. Fan speed selector 5. “A/C” button (If so equipped)

INDICATOR

a b

AD-0389 AD-0387 AD-0385

Move the lever to select the air source. Move the lever to adjust the fan speed—to To turn the air conditioning on, press the “A/
a. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside the right to increase, to the left to decrease. C” button. The “A/C” button indicator will
the vehicle. come on. To turn the air conditioning off,
press the button again.
b. Fresh—Draws outside air into the system.

4-18
H1-A017E01.book 19 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

AIR FLOW SELECTOR SETTINGS OPERATING TIPS


z To cool off your vehicle after it has been
parked in the hot sun, drive with the win-
dows open for a few minutes. This vents
the hot air, allowing the air conditioning
to cool the interior more quickly.
z Make sure the air intake grilles in front of
the windshield are not blocked (by leaves
or snow, for example).
z On humid days, do not blow cold air on the
windshield. The windshield could fog up
because of the difference in air temperature
on the inside and outside of the windshield.
z Keep the area under the front seats clear to
allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.
z On cold days, set the fan speed to high
for a minute to help clear the intake ducts
of snow or moisture. This can reduce the
amount of fogging on the windows.
z When driving on dusty roads, close all win-
dows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still
drawn into the vehicle after closing the win-
dows, it is recommended that the air intake
selector be set to FRESH and the fan speed
selector to any setting except “OFF”.
AD-0333

4-19
H1-A017E01.book 20 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

z If following another vehicle on a dusty z Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat Defogging
road, or driving in windy and dusty condi- the vehicle interior while defrosting or The inside of the windshield
tions, it is recommended that the air defogging the windshield. For best results, set controls to:
intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Cooling Temperature—Towards WARM (red
outside passage and prevent outside air
and dust from entering the vehicle inte- For best results, set controls to: zone) to heat; COLD (blue zone) to cool
rior. Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF” Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Temperature—Towards COLD (blue zone) Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Heating Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air conditioning—ON
For best results, set controls to: Air flow—PANEL
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF” Air conditioning—ON Defrosting
Temperature—Towards WARM (red zone) z For quick cooling, move the air intake The outside of the windshield
Air intake—FRESH (outside air) selector to recirculate for a few minutes. For best results, set controls to:
Air flow—FLOOR Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Air conditioning—OFF Ventilation Temperature—Towards WARM (red zone)
z For quick heating, select recirculated air For best results, set controls to: Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
for a few minutes. To keep the windows Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF” Air flow—WINDSHIELD
from fogging, select fresh after the vehi- Temperature—Towards COLD (blue zone) Air conditioning—OFF
cle interior has been warmed.
Air intake—FRESH (outside air) z To heat the vehicle interior while defrost-
z Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi- ing the windshield, choose floor/wind-
Air flow—PANEL
fied heating. shield air flow.
Air conditioning—OFF

4-20
H1-A017E01.book 21 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SIDE VENTS

AD-0334

If air flow control is not satisfactory, check the


side vents. The side vents may be opened or
closed as shown.

4-21
H1-A017E01.book 22 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

4-22
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 5
IN AN EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY STARTING (JUMP STARTING) ............................. 5-2
PROCEDURE FOR JUMP STARTING .......................................... 5-2
DAMAGED TIRE .......................................................................... 5-3
TOWING ...................................................................................... 5-7
FREEING THE VEHICLE ............................................................. 5-8
HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS ....................................................... 5-9
OVERHEATING ........................................................................... 5-9
JACK-UP THE VEHICLE.............................................................5-11
MECHANICAL RELEASE OPERATION OF PARKING BRAKE .............. 5-12

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.

5-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

EMERGENCY STARTING (JUMP PROCEDURE FOR JUMP STARTING


STARTING)
z This vehicle has a 12 volt, negative BOOSTER CABLE CONNECTIONS
If your vehicle's batteries have discharged, ground system. Make sure that the
you can start the engine by jump starting. other vehicle used for jump starting
also has a 12 volt, negative ground
WARNING system. Do not attempt to jump start
z Since the battery produces explosive when you are not sure of the voltage
hydrogen gas, do not bring an open or ground of the other vehicle.
flame or electric sparks close to the
battery.
z Always shield your eyes or wear BOOSTER DISCHARGED
safety goggles when working on bat- BATTERY BATTERY
A4-0001ZA
teries. Do not let electrolyte, which is
sulfuric acid, come in contact with 1. Shut off the engine on the vehicle which
eyes, skin, or clothing. Since electro- has the well charged (booster) batteries.
lyte is a corrosive acid, it can damage 2. Connect the booster cables in the order
skin and clothing. as shown in the figure.
If acid should contact your skin, eyes First, firmly connect one end of the red
or clothing, thoroughly flush the con-
booster cable to the positive (+) terminal
tact area with water promptly and get
medical treatment immediately. of the discharged battery [A], and then
the other end to the positive (+) terminal
z When working on the battery, be sure
of the booster battery [B].
to remove any metal accessories
from your arms. Do not lean over the
battery.
z Use proper jumper cables.

5-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

DAMAGED TIRE
5. After the engine has started, carefully
WARNING
BOOSTER CABLE
remove the booster cables in reverse
order while the engine is idling. Avoid full or panic braking if you have a
flat tire while driving, since this may
WARNING cause loss of vehicle control.
Cautiously stop your vehicle off the
The engine should never be started by road paying attention to other traffic.
pushing or towing the vehicle. Since Hold the steering wheel firmly and park
with the engine stopped, the effective- the vehicle in a level and safe place.
BATTERY ness of the service brake system is seri- Apply the parking brake firmly, turn on
ously reduced and steering requires the hazard warning light switch and
greater effort because the power steer- stop the engine.
A4-0002ZA
ing does not work until the engine is
running. An inflated tire contains air under high
3. Next, connect one end of the black
pressure. An inflated tire and wheel can
booster cable firmly to the negative (–) be dangerous if misused, and can result
terminal of the booster battery [C]. in personal injury and/or property dam-
Finally, connect the other end to an age. The maintenance of a damaged tire
engine ground well away from the dis- and wheel requires the use of proper
charged batteries [D]. tools, safe equipment, and tire service
4. After completion of the connection, start experts. If you have a flat tire or other
tire damage, have tire service experts
the engine of the vehicle with the dis-
do the repair.
charged batteries. If the engine is difficult
to start in cold weather, first run the If you have to make repairs on tires or
wheels without such help, observe the
engine of the other vehicle for a while to
following precautions to help prevent
fully charge its batteries. Then stop the personal injury and/or property dam-
engine of the other vehicle and start the age.
engine of the vehicle with the discharged
batteries.

5-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TIRE CHECK
1. When deflating the tire by removing the (EXAMPLE) EXTENSION (EXAMPLE)
valve core, the air, under great pressure, HOSE WITH A
escapes forcefully. Always wear safety GAUGE AND MAXIMUM PRESSURE
glasses to protect your face and eyes CLIP-ON CHUCK
and keep your face away from the tire
when working on the tire.
2. Always disassemble the tire and wheel
and check them for any damage before
re-inflating the tire. This is particularly
necessary if the tire was run flat or under
inflated. A3-0009ZB A4-0004ZB

3. Always use an extension hose with a


gauge and clip-on chuck so that you can WARNING
stand aside during inflation.
Never inflate the tire above the maxi-
4. Always inflate the tire to the proper pres- mum pressure shown on the sidewall of
sure according to the tire manufacturer’s the tire.
recommended cold inflation pressure. 5. If you are not familiar with the proper pro-
cedures of check and repair, do not try to
make any repairs, but ask tire service
experts for help.

5-4
H1-A017E01.book 5 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF 3. Remove the wheel nuts and the tire.
WHEELS [Model: HINO 145] [Model HINO 145]
In the case of dual rear wheel removal,
WARNING first remove the outer wheel nuts and the
Removal of wheels from the vehicle outer wheel. Then remove the inner
should be performed on a level place wheel nuts and the inner wheel.
and on a hard surface. The changing of Installation
the wheels on an incline or on soft
Before installation, clean the mounting sur-
ground is hazardous and should not be
performed, since this can result in per- face of the disc wheel and the wheel hub or
sonal injury and/or property damage. the brake drum [Full air brake type], the
wheel nut seats [Model: HINO 145] and the
Removal of wheel
hub bolts and nuts. A loose wheel mounting AD-0324
1. Apply the parking brake firmly, and block can result from these parts not being
the wheel which is diagonally opposite to 3. Tighten all the nuts to their specified
cleaned. Check the wheel hub bolts and nuts
the flat tire. torque with a socket wrench.
for wear of the threads or damage and the
2. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly by using a wheel disc for any crack or bend. Replace [Model: HINO 145]
socket wrench. the part if you find any of these conditions. Torque: 390 - 470N·m
NOTICE: 1. With the wheel hub bolts aligned with the (290 - 347lbf·ft, 4,000 - 4,800kgf·cm)
[Model: HINO 145] holes of the wheel, lift the wheel up with
Wheel hub bolts and nuts on the right a tire lever and mount it over the hub
side of the vehicle have right-hand bolts.
threads, and wheel hub bolts and nuts 2. Carefully rotating the wheel, install the
on the left side of the vehicle have left- nuts and tighten manually. Make sure
hand threads.
that the hub bolts are centered in the
holes.

5-5
H1-A017E01.book 6 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

FOR DUAL REAR WHEEL


[Model: HINO 145]
[MODEL HINO 165,185] [MODEL HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338]
1. Install the inner wheel. Tighten all the
inner nuts according to the above-men-
tioned procedures.
2. Then install the outer wheel and tighten
all the outer nuts according to the above-
mentioned procedures.
[Model: Except for HINO 145]
Install the inner wheel and outer wheel.
Tighten all the nuts according to the above-
AD-0209 D12-32-12ZA mentioned procedures.
[Model: HINO 165,185] [Model: HINO 238,258,268,308,338]
Torque: 215 - 235N·m Torque: 610 - 665N·m
(157 - 171lbf·ft, 2,200 - 2,400kgf·cm) (450 - 500lbf·ft, 6,200 - 6,800kgf·cm)
NOTICE: NOTICE:
When tightening the wheel nuts, The proper tightening sequence is
remove dirt and other foreign material shown in the figure on the left. Go
from the thread, apply engine oil or through the sequence three times,
grease to the threads of the hub bolts gradually and evenly increasing the
and wheel nuts, and to the crowns of torque on each nut each time until the
the wheel nuts, and then tighten the specified torque is reached. Be sure to
nuts. use the crisscross method as shown in
the figure.

5-6
H1-A017E01.book 7 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TOWING

WARNING
Use a professional towing service when the 5. If the engine of the towed vehicle is
z When towing your vehicle, observe vehicle has to be towed and be sure they do defective, make sure that the vehicle is
all state (Provincial in Canada) and the following: towed by a vehicle designed for that pur-
local laws. pose. Make sure that it is not towed by
1. Make sure that the propeller shaft of the
z Your vehicle should be towed by a any other vehicle, as it can be very dan-
vehicle to be towed is removed before it
professional towing service, using gerous.
proper equipment. And a safety chain is towed.
must be used. 2. Use a tow-bar in towing the vehicle. 6. When the differential gear or rear axle
Make a slow start to minimize shock. shaft is defective, remove both right and
z When being towed, always place the
left rear axle shaft.
gearshift lever in the Neutral position 3. Make sure that the engine of the towed
(if the vehicle is equipped with auto- vehicle is kept running. If the engine is 7. Note that the engine brake and parking
matic transmission, place the selec- off, no compressed air will be available brake can not be applied, as the propel-
tor lever in the “N” (Neutral) or “P” ler shaft is removed beforehand.
for the brakes. [Full air brake type] This is
(Parking) position) and release the
dangerous, as the brake system does 8. Towing speed shall be less than 18 MPH
parking brake completely.[Full air
brake type] not function at all. In addition, the power (30 km/h).
If for any reason, the air system fails steering system will not function. The
and the parking brake can no longer steering wheel, therefore, will become
be released by air pressure, release unusually hard to turn, making it impossi-
the parking brake in accordance with ble to control the vehicle properly.
MECHANICAL RELEASE OPERA-
4. Make sure that the starter key is kept in
TION OF PARKING BRAKE, on page
5-12. (After towing the vehicle, be the “ON” position.
sure to have it restored to former con-
dition by an authorized Hino dealer).
z Unload your vehicle.

5-7
H1-A017E01.book 8 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

FREEING THE VEHICLE


FRONT END TOWING REAR END TOWING
WARNING
(With front wheels raised off the ground) When being towed with the rear wheels
When towing from the front end with the front raised off the ground, fasten and secure the Do not spin wheels excessively.
steering wheel in a straight ahead position. Excessive wheel spin may cause dam-
wheels raised off the ground remove the rear
age to the power train including the
axle shafts to protect the transmission and transmission, rear axle, and tires and
differential gears from being damaged. The can result in personal injury and/or
hub openings should be covered to prevent property damage.
the loss of axle lubricant or the entry of dirt or
Wheel spin reduces the tractive force of the
foreign matter.
vehicle. When your vehicle gets stuck in
After being towed, check and refill the rear loose sand, mud, snow or ice, wheel spin
axle housing with lubricant if necessary. should be kept to a minimum by not unnec-
essarily pressing down on the accelerator
CAUTION
pedal.
In order to protect the front license plate For manual transmission models, shift the
and bumper, remove the license plate gearshift lever alternately from “second” to
together with bracket, fit a protection “reverse” and rock your vehicle back and
bar against the lower edge of the forth.
bumper, and put a wood block under the For automatic transmission models, shift the
frame near the No.1 cross member selector lever alternately from “D” to “R”.
when attaching the chain. Never lift or
tow the vehicle if the chain is in direct
contact with the bumper.

5-8
H1-A017E01.book 9 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS OVERHEATING

DP051102ZA
DP010402ZB
AD-0139
z The turn signal light does not work when
WARNING the hazard lights are turned on. WARNING
z If a warning light comes on or beep z To turn off the flashers, repull up the The radiator cap should not be removed
sounds while driving, pull off the switch. while the engine and cooling system are
road, stop your vehicle immediately, still hot.
NOTICE:
and put on the hazard lights. If the radiator cap is removed right after
Do not add additional turn signal the engine is shut off, scalding fluid and
z Use these hazard lights whenever lights. Consult an authorized Hino
your vehicle might be obstructing steam may blow out under pressure and
dealer if additions are necessary. To cause serious burn injuries.
traffic or is on the side of the road. avoid shortening battery life, engine
To operate, pull up the lever switch. All the warm-up is necessary.
turn signal lights will flash independently of
the starter key position and at the same time
the turn signal indicator lights will also flash.

5-9
H1-A017E01.book 10 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

See whether the warning light is on If the warning light is off


If overheating of the cooling system (indi- If the warning light is on 1. Check the fan for slippage of the drive
cated by the coolant temperature gauge belts. Check the radiator core for any
being in the red zone) occurs due to severe clogging. Adjust, repair, or clean if neces-
operation conditions (such as climbing a sary.
long hill on a very hot day), take the following 2. If these are in good order, the tempera-
measures. ture will return to normal with the engine
z Pull off the road and stop the vehicle in a running at idling speed. You can then
safe place. Apply the parking brake firmly continue driving.
and place the gearshift lever in the neu- 3. If the temperature does not return to nor-
tral position (if the vehicle is equipped BEEP mal with the engine running at idling
with automatic transmission, place the speed, repair work is required.
selector lever in the “N” (Neutral) or “P” DP060502ZA
(Parking) position.
1. Shortage of coolant
z Keep the engine running at idling speed.
Check for the cause using the instruc- Check hoses and connections for cracks,
tions mentioned below. If repair work is loose clamps or leaks.
required, consult an authorized Hino Repair if necessary.
dealer. 2. No leak
Add coolant to the cooling system. Refer
to Section 7 on page 7-44, for check cool-
ant level. After refill, check whether the
warning light goes off. If the warning light
goes off you can resume driving.

5-10
H1-A017E01.book 11 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

JACK-UP THE VEHICLE


JACK-UP POINT
CAUTION
z Place the jack at the proper jacking Front axle
WARNING location at the lower surface of the
Improper jacking up of the vehicle can axle (see diagram on next page).
result in serious injury or death. Read Using any other point could result in
and follow all of these instructions. the vehicle falling of off the jack.
z When jacking up the vehicle, do not z If oil etc. is sticking to the jack-up
place your body under the vehicle. point, wipe it off completely before DP100506ZB
Doing so could result in death or seri- applying the jack.
ous injury. z Do not start engine while jacking up Rear axle
z Do not work under vehicle after it has the vehicle.
been jacked up without placing the z When it is necessary to have the vehi-
vehicle on jack stands or other appro- cle jacked up for a long time, place
priate steady supports. jack supports or other appropriate
z Securely apply the parking brake and under the vehicle.
properly block the other tires with z Do not use more than two jacking up
wheel stoppers. the vehicle. DP100507ZA
z When changing tires always park the z Do not raise the jack higher than nec-
vehicle on solid, level ground. Never essary. Rear axle (Air suspension)
attempt to change tires on soft
z Do not place anything on top or below
ground or on a slope. This is very
the jack when jack up the vehicle.
dangerous and can lead to sudden
slipping of the jack which may result z The jack provided with the vehicle is
in personal injury and/or property specifically for that vehicle. And do
damage. not use any other jack with this vehi-
cle.

DP100507ZA-1

5-11
H1-A017E01.book 12 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

MECHANICAL RELEASE OPERA-


Changing the front tires when flat TION OF PARKING BRAKE
[Wheel parking brake type]
CAUTION CAUTION
BRAKE CHAMBER
Place the jack at the specific point The underside of the leaf is curved.
shown in the diagrams for the front and So, be careful when placing the wood
rear axle. Setting the jack at any other under the axle.
point may result in the failure of the jack 3. Insert a strong, solid timber under the
to work properly and the vehicle falling.
front axle.
When changing a front tire that is flat, the
front axle is often too low to the ground for the CAUTION
jack to fit under the normal jack-up point. In
For greater stability of the solid timber,
this case use the following procedure using
support the axle with the wider side of CAP
solid timber etc. the timber. AD-0348
1. Place wheel stoppers in front of and at 4. Slightly lower the jack until the front axle
the back of both left and right rear tires. If, for any reason, the air system fails and the
is securely supported by the timber and brake can no longer be released by air pres-
2. Place the jack under the leaf spring just then lower the jack. sure, remove the cap from the spring cham-
in front of the front axle and jack-up the 5. Next, move the jack to the jack-up point ber. Remove the release stud assembly from
axle. Make sure that the jack is as close and jack-up the axle high enough to the side pocket by removing the release nut
to the axle as possible. remove the tire. and washer from the release stud and sliding
the release stud out.

5-12
H1-A017E01.book 13 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

RELEASE
CAP NUT AND
WASHER

RELEASE
STUD PRESSURE PLATE
A4-0014ZA A4-0015ZA A4-0016ZA

Insert the release stud through the opening Turn the release stud 1/4 turn clockwise
CAUTION (where cap was removed) in the spring and pull the stud out to lock the formed end
chamber and insert it until it bottoms out. into the piston.
Always block the wheels before manu-
ally releasing the parking brake.

5-13
H1-A017E01.book 14 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

A4-0017ZA A4-0018ZA

Assemble the release stud washer and nut


on the release stud. WARNING
Turn the release stud assembly nut with a
hand wrench until the compression spring is The spring cylinder in the brake cham-
fully caged. While doing so, check visually to ber contains a highly loaded spring.
make certain the push rod is retracting while Disassembly of the cylinder should only
tightening the release stud assembly nut. be performed by an authorized Hino
Do not force the release stud assembly with dealer.
over-torque.
S-Cam Type Maximum torque:
67.8N·m (50lb. ft., 691kgf·cm)
The spring brake has now been mechani-
cally released.

5-14
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 6
CORROSION PROTECTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
INTERIOR CLEANING ................................................................. 6-2
CORROSION PROTECTION ....................................................... 6-4

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.

6-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

INTERIOR CLEANING
CLEANING INTERIOR
Since the interior trim is made of vinyl and NOTICE:
CAUTION
plastics, use appropriate cleaners. The belts should not be bleached, dyed
Vinyl upholstery may be cleaned with a Do not pour water inside the cab for or cleaned with gasoline, thinner, or
mild soap or detergent and water. cleaning the interior. Pouring water on solvent, since these may greatly
the audio system and the electrical weaken the belts.
1. Remove dust and loose dirt from the components can cause a malfunction.
vinyl upholstery with a vacuum cleaner or
a soft brush. CLEANING WINDOWS
WARNING
2. Wipe the vinyl trim with a sponge or soft Glass may be cleaned with a commercial
cloth soaked with a mild soap or deter- Solvents (thinner, gasoline, benzene, household glass cleaner.
gent and water. etc.) should not be used for cleaning
since these vapors can be harmful to Follow the manufacturer's instructions when
3. After leaving it wet for a few minutes, the human body and are highly flamma- using a glass cleaner.
wipe and remove the dirt and the deter- ble. They can also attack plastics and NOTICE:
gent from the vinyl trim with a clean rubber products. Do not use abrasive cleaners since
damp cloth. Let dry. they may cause scratches.
4. Repeat this procedure if needed. CLEANING SEAT BELTS When using a spray cleaner, take care
not to spray other parts.
5. Commercial foaming type vinyl cleaners Seat belts may be cleaned with mild soap If other parts are sprayed wipe them off
are also useful. and lukewarm water. with a soft damp cloth as quickly as
NOTICE: 1. Wipe the belt webbing using a sponge or possible.
Always follow the manufacturer's soft cloth soaked with mild soap or deter-
instructions when detergents or vinyl gent and lukewarm water.
cleaners are used.
2. Dry the cleaned belts completely before
reusing them.

6-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

EXTERIOR CLEANING
CAB CLEANING
To keep your vehicle looking new regular Waxing should be done according to the [EXAMPLE]
washing and polishing are very helpful. following:
The cab exterior can be cleaned through 1) Before waxing, wash and dry the hood
the following procedure. BUMPER
and cab according to the above proce-
GUARD
1) Wash the hood and cab with plain water dures.
rubbing gently with a soft cloth, a 2) Remove road tar deposits from the sur-
sponge, or a soft brush. face by wiping gently with a turpentine or
2) If the dirt cannot be removed only with kerosene soaked soft cloth.
water, also use a mild soap.
WARNING
3) Thoroughly rinse to flush away any AD-0386
detergent before it dries. Do not use volatile and flammable sol-
4) Wipe off the hood and cab to remove vents such as gasoline, thinner, etc.
These could cause fire and explosion. WARNING
excess water and dry it.
Do not step or lean on front bumper
CAUTION CAUTION guard as it can result in personal injury
and/or property damage.
Do not use hot water for cleaning as it Be careful you don't slip when stepping
can result in personal injury and/or on the front bumper. NOTICE:
property damage. Use a good quality wax and follow the
manufacturer's instructions.
NOTICE:
Do not wash the hood and cab in the
direct sunlight since this may cause
water spots on the coated surface.

6-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CORROSION PROTECTION
UNDERBODY CLEANING Corrosion protection should be maintained • Dampness or accumulated dirt under
Regular washing of the underside of the according to the following points. the floor mats can cause corrosion of
Wash the vehicle to remove all salt. the metal floor pan. Check under the
vehicle is very important in maintaining
This is particularly important when the vehi- floor mats frequently and clean and/
proper condition of the vehicle. or dry when necessary.
cle is operated on salted roads in the winter
Washing of the underside of the vehicle
or in a coastal area. Salt contained in mud
should be performed according to the fol-
and snow which accumulate on the under-
lowing:
side of the cab and chassis can accelerate
1) Use running water to flush away dirt and corrosion. When this occurs wash off the
other foreign matter accumulated on the mud and snow immediately.
underside of the vehicle.
NOTICE:
2) Pay particular attention to thoroughly • Corrosion is accelerated by salts,
clean all areas where mud and dirt can calcium chloride, ice melting agents,
accumulate. etc. left on the coated surface. Wash
NOTICE: frequently when vehicle is exposed
to such substances.
• If you use a high-pressure washer, be
careful not to damage the painted • Since insects, tree sap, bird drop-
surface. pings, fertilizer, soot, industrial pol-
lutants, etc. may also damage the
• Do not direct water onto any electri-
paint of the vehicle and accelerate
cal components.
corrosion, wash the vehicle immedi-
• Be careful not to get water on the ately to remove these deposits.
inside of the air intake pipe when
• Promptly repair any damage or
washing the chassis.
scratches on painted surfaces.
• Use touch up paint where appropri-
ate.

6-4
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 7
MAINTENANCE
CLEAN AIR ACT .......................................................................... 7-2
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 7-3
SCOPE OF REGULAR MAINTENANCE ....................................... 7-5
NOISE EMISSION CONTROL .................................................... 7-16
COOLING SYSTEM ................................................................... 7-17
FUEL SYSTEM .......................................................................... 7-20
LUBRICATION ........................................................................... 7-22
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM ................................................................ 7-32
ELECTRIC SYSTEM .................................................................. 7-32
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM ....................................................... 7-37
FRONT AXLE ALIGNMENT ....................................................... 7-42
POWER STEERING SYSTEM.................................................... 7-42
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES ................................................ 7-43

Read entire manual before using vehicle. Failure to follow instructions


and safety precautions could result in death, serious injury and/or
damage.

7-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

CLEAN AIR ACT


Heavy-duty engine rebuilding practices. A. Parts installed, whether the parts are 3. At time of rebuild, emissions-related
§ 86.004-40 new, used, or rebuilt, are such that a per- codes or signals from on-board monitor-
son familiar with the design and function ing systems may not be erased or reset
The provisions of this section are applicable
of motor vehicle engines would reason- without diagnosing and responding
to heavy-duty engines subject to model year
ably believe that the parts perform the appropriately to the diagnostic codes,
2004 or later standards and are applicable to
same function with respect to emissions regardless of whether the systems are
the process of engine rebuilding (or rebuild-
control as the original parts; and installed to satisfy requirements in §
ing a portion of an engine or engine system).
B. Any parameter adjustment or design ele- 86.004-25 or for other reasons and
The process of engine rebuilding generally
ment change is made only: regardless of form or interface. Diagnos-
includes disassembly, replacement of multi-
tic systems must be free of all such
ple parts due to wear, and reassembly, and a. In accordance with the original engine
codes when the rebuilt engine is returned
also may include the removal of the engine manufacturer's instructions; or
to service. Such signals may not be ren-
from the vehicle and other acts associated b. Where data or other reasonable techni- dered inoperative during the rebuilding
with rebuilding an engine. Any deviation from cal basis exists that such parameter process.
the provisions contained in this section is a adjustment or design element change,
prohibited act under section 203(a) (3) of the 4. When conducting a rebuild without
when performed on the engine or similar
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7522(a) (3)). removing the engine from the vehicle, or
engines, is not expected to adversely
during the installation of a rebuilt engine,
1. When rebuilding an engine, portions of affect in-use emissions.
all critical emissions-related components
an engine, or an engine system, there 2. When an engine is being rebuilt and listed in § 86.004-25(2) not otherwise
must be a reasonable technical basis for remains installed or is reinstalled in the addressed by paragraphs (1) through (3)
knowing that the resultant engine is same vehicle, it must be rebuilt to a con- of this section must be checked and
equivalent, from an emissions stand- figuration of the same or later model year cleaned, adjusted, repaired, or replaced
point, to a certified configuration (i.e., tol- as the original engine. When an engine as necessary, following manufacturer
erances, calibrations, specifications) and is being replaced, the replacement recommended practices.
the model year(s) of the resulting engine engine must be an engine of (or rebuilt
configuration must be identified. A rea- to) a configuration of the same or later
sonable basis would exist if: model year as the original engine.

7-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
5. Records shall be kept by parties con- C. Parties may keep records of their rebuild- Some recommended and standard mainte-
ducting activities included in paragraphs ing practices for an engine family rather nance services for your vehicle are men-
(1) through (4) of this section. The than on each individual engine rebuilt in tioned in this section. When performing
records shall include at minimum the cases where those rebuild practices are maintenance on your vehicle be careful not
mileage and/or hours at time of rebuild, a followed routinely. to get injured by improper work.
listing of work performed on the engine D. Records must be kept for a minimum of If you have any questions about performing
and emissions-related control compo- two years after the engine is rebuilt. maintenance, consult an authorized Hino
nents including a listing of parts and dealer.
components used, engine parameter
adjustments, emissions-related codes or WARNING
signals responded to and reset, and work Failure to properly or completely per-
performed under paragraph (4) of this form recommended and standard main-
section. tenance on your vehicle can cause a
A. Parties may keep records in whatever vehicle accident or malfunction result-
format or system they choose as long as ing in serious injury, death or property
the records are understandable to an damage.
EPA enforcement officer or can be other-
wise provided to an EPA enforcement
officer in an understandable format when
requested.
B. Parties are not required to keep records
of information that is not reasonably
available through normal business prac-
tices including information on activities
not conducted by themselves or informa-
tion that they cannot reasonably access.

7-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

z Remove rings, watches, ties, loose z If it is necessary to run the engine


WARNING
hanging jewelry and loose clothing after the hood is raised (tilted), make
When working on your vehicle, to pre- before starting work on the vehicle. sure that the parking brake is firmly
vent injury or damage, follow all of the z Bind long hair securely behind the applied, the wheels are blocked, and
safety precautions shown below. head. the gearshift lever is in the neutral
Failure to properly or completely per- position (if the vehicle is equipped
z Apply the parking brake firmly and with automatic transmission, place
form recommended and standard main- block the wheels when working on
tenance on your vehicle can cause a the selector lever in the “N” (Neutral)
the vehicle. or “P” (Parking) position) before
vehicle accident or malfunction result-
ing in serious injury, death or property z Use safety stands to support the vehi- starting the engine.
damage. cle whenever you need to work under z Run the engine only in a well-venti-
z When working on your vehicle, it. It is dangerous to work under a lated area to avoid inhaling of carbon
observe the following general pre- vehicle supported only by a jack. monoxide.
cautions to prevent personal injury z To avoid serious burns, keep yourself z Do not smoke while working on the
and/or property damage in addition to away from hot metal parts such as the vehicle since fuel and gases from the
the particular NOTICE or CAUTION or engine, exhaust manifold, radiator, battery are flammable.
WARNINGS.Always wear safety muffler, exhaust pipe and tail pipe.
glasses or goggles to protect your z Take utmost care when working on
z Keep yourself, your clothing and your the battery. It contains corrosive sul-
eyes. tools away from moving parts such as furic acid.
the cooling fan and drive belts when
Most threaded fasteners are metric. the engine is running. z Large electric current flows through
Be careful not to mix with threaded the battery cable and starter cable. Be
z Always stop the engine and turn off careful not to cause a short which can
fasteners using the inch system. the starter key unless the operation result in personal injury and/or prop-
requires the engine running. erty damage.
Removing the key from the switch is
recommended.

7-4
H1-A017E01.book 5 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SCOPE OF REGULAR MAINTENANCE


Maintenance requirements Maintenance schedule
z Be careful not to leave any tool in the 1. Regular maintenance is very important to 1. Refer to TABLE 1, “RECOMMENDED
engine compartment. The tool may be keep the vehicle trouble-free, and oper- MAINTENANCE SERVICE” for mainte-
hit by moving parts and can cause ating economically and with safety. nance items which require scheduled
personal injury. maintenance.
2. Regular maintenance is composed of
z Be careful not to damage lines and Daily inspection which should be per- 2. Maintenance involving relatively simple
hoses by stepping or standing on formed both before and after daily opera- and easy maintenance procedures is
them.
tion of the vehicle and Scheduled mentioned in this section.
z Be careful you don't slip when you Maintenance which is carried out at the As to other items than the above, refer to
stand on the front bumper. indicated intervals, mileage or period. the Workshop Manual.
3. Please note that the New Vehicle War- 3. Maintenance intervals in the following
ranty, Noise Emission Control Sys- table are shown in the odometer read-
tem, and Exhaust Emission Control ings and/or time intervals.
System require that proper mainte- As these maintenance intervals are set
nance be performed according to for normal driving conditions, if the vehi-
schedule. cle is used under more severe driving
conditions, maintenance service must
be performed more frequently.

7-5
H1-A017E01.book 6 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Service quality TABLE 1


1. The quality of maintenance your vehicle RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
receives is very important for your vehi- NOTICE: • The maintenance items related to the
cle to function properly and to operate • The maintenance items and intervals EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL
safely and economically. listed in this table are based on SYSTEM are marked with *.
2. It is recommended that you take your assuming that the vehicle is being • A maintenance record for the NOISE
vehicle to an authorized Hino dealer for operated under normal driving condi- EMISSION CONTROL is attached at
tions. Normal driving conditions the end of Section 7.
service.
mean that the vehicle carries passen- The maintenance record should
3. The use of proper tools, the use of the gers and cargo within the GVWR and always be kept whenever mainte-
special tools developed by Hino, and the GAWR's specified on the Certifica- nance on the NOISE EMISSION CON-
use of parts and accessories which have tion Label, and runs on normal road TROL is performed.
the same standard of quality as the origi- surfaces within legal speed limits at
nal equipment parts, are very important least several miles daily.
for high quality service. • Under severe driving conditions,
4. Genuine Hino parts and accessories maintenance should be performed
more frequently than listed in this
have the same standard of quality as the
table.
original equipment parts.
• Be sure to observe the FIRST “1,000
MILES (1,600 km)”, “3,000 MILES
(5,000 km)”, and “5,000 MILES(8,000
km)”, items for both new vehicles and
after major overhauling.
• Maintenance should be performed
according to intervals of miles or
months, whichever comes first.

7-6
H1-A017E01.book 7 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SERVICE


Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 3 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 5 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
ENGINE
Valve Clearance A 24
*Engine compression pressure A 36
*Engine mounting A 36
FUEL SYSTEM
*Fuel filter R 6
Fuel hose and pipe (Fuel filter to supply pump, Fuel tank to
A R R:36
fuel filter, Engine to fuel tank)
LUBRICATING SYSTEM
Used Hino genuine Type 1 R R 6
J05D motor oil Type 2 R R 6
*Engine oil and oil filter Used non genuine Type 1 R R 2
motor oil Type 2 R R 2
Used Hino genuine Type 1 R R 6
J08E motor oil Type 2 R R 6
*Engine oil and oil filter Used non genuine Type 1 R R 2
motor oil Type 2 R R 2
Type1/Type2: Type of operation details refer to page 7-23

7-7
H1-A017E01.book 8 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 3 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 5 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
COOLING SYSTEM
Coolant (Hino genuine Long Life Coolant used) R:Every 360,000miles {600,000 km} 36
*Cooling fan I 12
*Drive belts Initial inspection at first 6,000 miles {10,000 km} R 12
*Radiator and heater hoses and clamps A 12
AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM
*Air cleaner element R 12
Intake air hose and clamps R 24
*Intercooler body A 6
*Intercooler hoses I 24
Turbo charger rotor operation I 24
Exhaust pipe and muffler attachment loose and damage A 12
CLUTCH FOR MANUAL ADJUST TYPE
Clutch fluid leakage and damage A 6
Clutch release sleeve and shaft L T 1
Clutch facing wear A 2
Clutch housing and flywheel housing bolt R 12
Clutch hose R 12

7-8
H1-A017E01.book 9 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 3 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 5 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
CLUTCH FOR AUTOMATIC ADJUST TYPE (Solo® Clutch)
Clutch release sleeve and shaft L 6
Clutch facing wear (Check the wear indicator) A 6
Clutch housing and flywheel housing bolt A 12
Clutch hose R 12
Clutch fluid R 12
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Transmission gear oil R:First replace at 3,000 – 5,000 miles (5,000 – 8,000 km), -
(Eaton® FS4205A,FS5406A,FS6406A) I R 12
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Aisin® 450 R:First replace at 5,000 miles (8,000 km)

Automatic transmission fluid Allison® 3000RDS I R R:12


Allison® 2200RDS, R:First replace at 5,000 miles (8,000 km)
2500RDS I R R:24
Allison® 2200RDS,
Filter R:First replace at 5,000 miles (8,000 km) R 24
2500RDS
Internal sump filter Allison® 3000RDS R:First replace at 5,000 miles (8,000 km) R 12
Fluid level, fluid leak and case damage A 1
Transmission and mounting bolts T 12
Shift linkage freely positioned by transmission detent A 12

7-9
H1-A017E01.book 10 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 3 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 5 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
PROPELLER SHAFT
Propeller shaft deflection A 12
Propeller shaft spline play A 12
Propeller shaft universal joint play A 12
Propeller shaft center bearing support A 12
Propeller shaft mounting bolts T 12
Sliding spline and center bearing seal damage A 12
Propeller shaft spline play L 1
Propeller shaft universal joints L 1
REAR AXLE
Differential gear oil R:Refer to Maintenance operation differential gear oil on page 7-31 12
Axle housing breather I 6
Axle housing cracks, deformation and damage I 12
Axle shaft and mounting bolts A 12
FRONT AXLE
Axle parts deformation, cracking, wear and tightness (Except
I 12
for tie rod ball joint)
Wheel bearing end play I 12
Wheel alignment and Turning angle I 12
Wheel bearing I 12

7-10
H1-A017E01.book 11 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 3 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 5 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
STEERING
Steering gear case mounting bolts T 12
Steering parts
I 12
(steering gear, pitman arm, drag link and steering shaft)
Tie rod and drag link ball joint L I 12
Steering shaft spline and dust boot L I 12
King pin, bush and thrust bearing L I 12
Power steering function A 12
Power steering reserver tank strainer I R 12
Power steering reserver tank filter and fluid R R 12
Power steering rubber parts and hoses R 12
SERVICE BRAKE FOR HYDRAULIC TYPE
Leakage, damage and tightness A 2
Brake pads and rotor wear and damage I 4
Wheel brake internal parts I 12
Deformation of back plate A 12
Brake pipe and hose damage A 2
Brake hose R 12
Hydraulic booster function A 12
Caliper piston seal and boot R 12
ABS system function A 12
Brake fluid R 12

7-11
H1-A017E01.book 12 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 3 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 5 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
SERVICE BRAKE FOR FULL AIR TYPE
Air leakage, damage and tightness A 2
Drum wear and damage I 12
Wheel brake internal parts I 12
Brake chamber rod stroke A 3
L:2
Automatic slack adjuster (Front and rear) L A I A:3
I:6
Brake spider damage and deformation L I:12
Brake spider bushing (front and rear) and
L 2
brake camshaft bracket bushing (rear)
Brake pipe and hose damage A A:2
Brake hose R 12
Brake chamber diaphragm R 12
Brake valve and other valve rubber parts R 12
ABS system function A 12
ABS control valve R 24
Spring brake rubber parts R 12
Lining wear (Thickness) A 4
Brake valve, brake chamber and other valves function A 12
Air dryer function A 6

7-12
H1-A017E01.book 13 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 1 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 1.6 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
PARKING BRAKE FOR CENTER PARKING TYPE
Lining wear and clearance between drum and lining I 12
Drum wear and damage I 12
Control lever wear and damage I, L 12
Control cable slack and damage A 4
Drum mounting nuts T 4
PARKING BRAKE FOR WHEEL PARKING TYPE
Leakage, damage and tightness A 2
Control valve and relay valve function I 12
Control valve and relay valve rubber parts R 12
Spring brake chamber rubber parts R 12
WHEEL AND TIRE
Front wheel bearing turning torque A 12
Front wheel bearing lock nut A 12
Front wheel bearing grease R 12
Wheel nut T A 2
Wheel disc damage A 2

7-13
H1-A017E01.book 14 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 1 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 1.6 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
SUSPENSION
Leaf spring damage and deformation A 2
Tightness of spring brackets A 6
Spring pin and shackle pin wear A 12
Tightness of spring pin fitting nut and lock nut A 2
Shock absorber mounting A 2
Spring pin and shackle pin (Front and rear) L 2
Tightness of U-bolt and clip bands A A 12
Spring slide seat L 2
Shock absorber function and damage A 12
Transverse rod rubber bushing crack and looseness (Air Sus-
A –
pension)
Air bellows height (Air Suspension) A 12
Leveling valve function (Air Suspension) A –
CHASSIS FRAME
Cracking and deformation of frame I 12
Tightness of bolts T 12

7-14
H1-A017E01.book 15 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operations: A = Check and adjust if necessary; I = Inspect, clean and correct or replace as necessary;
L = Lubricate; R = Replace or change; T = Tighten to specified torque
SERVICE INTERVALS: Odometer ranging First Every
Months
(Odometer reading or months, Miles (x 1,000) 1 6 9 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 36 50 72
(every)
whichever comes first.) Kilometers (x 1,000) 1.6 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80 120
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Battery terminal I 6
Battery charging A 4
Starter bearing grease I 12
Starter brush I 24
Wiring, connectors and clips tightness and damage A 12
Engine cylinder block heater harness terminal I 24
CAB
Rear cab mounting support bolts A 6
Rear cab mounting brackets, cushion rubber mounting bolt
A 6
and nut
AIR FLOW, HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONER
Refrigerant amount of air conditioner I 12
Air filter I: Every 3,000miles(5,000km) 1
NOISE CONTROL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
High idling speed A 12
Cooling fan A 12
Air intake system hose and clamps A 4
Air cleaner element R 12
Exhaust manifolds mounting nuts T 12
Muffler with catalyst and exhaust pipe clamps A 6
Splash shields, under hood insulator A 12

7-15
H1-A017E01.book 16 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NOISE EMISSION CONTROL


1. Noise emission control system C. Cooling fan and fan drive
The following are the requirements of (1)The removal or rendering inoperative by z Modification of the fan (outside diameter,
Federal noise emission standards for any person other than for purposes of number and/or shape of fan blades).
vehicles which have a gross vehicle maintenance, repair or replacement of z Removal or rendering fan clutch in oper-
weight rating (GVWR) in excess of 10,000 any device or element of design incorpo- ative.
lbs. (4,536 kg) to minimize deterioration rated into any new vehicle for the pur-
D. Intake system
of the noise emission control system dur- pose of noise control, prior to its sale or
ing operation. The maintenance items on delivery to the ultimate purchaser or z Removal or modification of the air
the noise emission control system are while it is in use. cleaner.
listed in TABLE 1 on page 7-15. (2)The use of the vehicle after such device z Removal of the air induction system
The noise emission control system war- or element of design has been removed components.
ranty is mentioned in your service and or rendered inoperative by any person. E. Exhaust system
warranty booklet. Among those acts presumed to consti- Removal or rendering inoperative the
NOTICE: tute tampering are the acts listed below. exhaust system components including
The Federal noise emission standards A. Insulation muffler, exhaust pipe, and clamps.
apply only to vehicles sold in the
z Removal of splash shields or under hood
United States of America.
insulation.
2. Tampering with the noise control sys-
tem is prohibited. B. Engine
Federal law prohibits the following acts or z Removal or rendering the engine control
the causing there of: ECU governor inoperative so as to allow
engine speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
Removal or rendering a soldered engine
calibration chip of ECU.

7-16
H1-A017E01.book 17 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

COOLING SYSTEM
3. Maintenance of noise emission con- (4)Exhaust system
trol system Check the complete exhaust system. CAUTION
(1)Splash shield, under hood insulation Check for damage, missing or misposi- If your cooling system overheats, refer
Check shields and under hood insulation tioned parts, loose connections, open to “OVERHEATING” in “IN AN EMER-
for damage or looseness. Repair, replace seams, holes, loose fasteners, or GENCY”, SECTION 5. Placing any load
or clean if necessary. deformed or plugged outlets. Replace or on the engine by continued operation
tighten if necessary. with the engine overheated, even for a
(2)Cooling fan short time, can result in a fire, personal
z Check the cooling fan for damage, and injury and/or property damage.
replace it when damaged. Your engine requires cooling and the coolant
z Check the cooling fan mounting bolts for temperature must be maintained properly.
looseness, and tighten them if neces- When the engine runs too hot, it will result in
sary. engine damage. When the engine runs too
(3)Intake system cold, its combustion efficiency will decrease
and its exhaust emission will deteriorate.
z Check the intake system components
The proper selection and use of long life
such as ducts, hoses, resonator air
coolant (LLC) are very important to prevent
cleaner, intake manifold, clamps and fas-
corrosion of the cooling system and clogging
teners for damage. Replace if necessary.
of the radiator. In cold weather it is necessary
Check to be sure that hose clamps and
to protect the engine, radiator, and pipes
fasteners are tight.
from freezing.
z Check to be sure that the air cleaner dust
cover is installed securely.
z Check the rubber gasket in the dust
cover for deterioration. Replace if neces-
sary.

7-17
H1-A017E01.book 18 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Regular replacement of coolant • Using only water may cause corro- Precaution for handling Long Life Coolant
Every 36 months or 360,000mile sion of the cooling system and
engine parts and clogging of the radi- CAUTION
[600,000km] whichever comes first, drain
ator.
and flush used “Hino Genuine Long Life z Never drink Long Life Coolant, as it is
Coolant (LLC)” or equivalent, and fill the toxic. If you drink it by mistake, imme-
WARNING diately bring it up and then consult
cooling system with a new long life coolant.
Upon coolant change, be sure to change the Be careful not to spill LLC over the hot with your doctor.
coolant in the reserve tank at the same time. exhaust system which can cause fire, z If the coolant gets into the eye, imme-
personal injury and/or property dam- diately rinse it away with fresh water
age. and take medical treatment promptly.
Coolant type z Keep the coolant away from a fire, as
“Hino Genuine Long Life Coolant” is your the coolant is flammable.
vehicle at factory fill, in order to avoid tech- z Wash the coolant off with clean water
nical problems, only use “Hino Genuine and then with soap immediately when
Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality eth- the coolant gets on to your skin or
ylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, cloth.
non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with z Tighten the coolant container cap and
long-life hybrid organic acid technology. store it out of the reach of children.
Please consult an authorized Hino dealer.
NOTICE:
• Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
• Do not mix up the coolant, antifreeze,
antirust and non genuine LLC.

7-18
H1-A017E01.book 19 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NOTICE: Cooling system capacity: Thermostat


• Wash the coolant down with water Engine The thermostat controls the coolant flow to
immediately when the coolant Transmission US Qt Liter
model the radiator, and thereby maintains the
adheres on the painted part of the proper coolant temperature.
vehicle. Do not replenish with water Manual 18.6 17.5
J05D
only, as it makes the concentration of Automatic 18.0 17.0
Long Life Coolant thinner resulting in Radiator grille cover
Manual 22.8 21.5
a deterioration of its effectiveness. J08E
• The mixing ratio of Long Life Coolant Automatic 22.3 21.0 CAUTION
and water should be from 50 % to 60
NOTICE: Use of a radiator grille cover may cause
%. If the ratio is below 50% or over
Do not mix more than 60% or less than the cooling fan blades to break due to
60%, the effectiveness of antirust and
50% LLC. Concentrations more then fatigue. This can result in personal
freezing protection will deteriorate.
63% result in a loss of engine perfor- injury and/or property damage.
Do not use more than 63% solution
for better coolant performance. mance. Concentrations below 50%
result in a loss of corrosion protection.
Radiator cooling fan and rated speed of
the engine

CAUTION
Increase of the rated speed of the
engine or fan speed by modifying the
crankshaft or fan pulleys may cause the
cooling fan blades to break due to
fatigue which can result in personal
injury. This constitutes tampering with
the noise control system.

7-19
H1-A017E01.book 20 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

FUEL SYSTEM NOTICE:


• Fuel additives should not be used. CAUTION
CAUTION
• For prolonged idling operation, oper- The catalytic converter requires diesel fuel
Do not smoke when performing mainte- ation in temperatures below 32°F with a sulfur content of less than 500ppm
nance on the fuel system. (0°C), or operation in high altitude (0.05%) by weight.
Keep flame and heat away from the fuel areas (above 5,000 ft., 1,500 m), win- If the sulfur content is higher than 500ppm
system since the fuel is flammable. terized 2-D may be used. (0.05%) by weight, neither the limits
Any of these can result in personal • If gasoline is put into the fuel tank by specified for engine specification nor the
injury and/or property damage due to mistake, completely drain the fuel emission values stipulated by the
fire. system to remove the gasoline. authorities can be achieved. Furthermore,
the catalytic converter and engine may be
Diesel fuel requirements 2. Keeping fuel clean and preventing damaged.
1. Use good quality ASTM 2-D water from entering the fuel system.

Expected Feeding clean fuel to the engine depends


Preferred fuel grade both upon the supplier and the user.
temperature
For example, when fuel is supplied from a
Grade Low Sulfer
Above +20°F(-7°C) corroded storage tank, the fuel should be
Grade 2-D S500
filtered before it is put into the fuel tank of
Grade Low Sulfer
Below +20°F(-7°C) the vehicle. Water in fuel adversely affects
Grade 1-D S500
the fuel injection system and engine.
Use diesel fuel with a minimum 45 Catane
Water and dirt should be removed from
number.
fuel contaminated during storage. When
filling the fuel tank in the rain or snow, care
should be taken not to allow water in the
fuel tank. Do not forget to screw on the fuel
tank cap securely.

7-20
H1-A017E01.book 21 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Fuel filter with water separator NOTICE: Air bleeding from fuel filter
Failure to perform periodic mainte-
nance can cause fuel filters to clog and
the fuel supply to decrease or to stop.

Periodic maintenance of the fuel filter should


be performed. If the fuel is contaminated with
dirt, more frequent maintenance on fuel filter
is required as shown in TABLE 1. If you are
not certain concerning the proper interval,
contact an authorized Hino dealer. Use gen-
uine Hino fuel filters or equivalent. Consult
an authorized Hino dealer regarding the
The vehicle is equipped with a fuel filter and quality and interchangeability of fuel filters. RACOR® fuel filter
water separator. Fuel filters remove dirt and 1. Loosen the air vent plug on the fuel filter.
the water separator removes water from fuel. CAUTION
2. Operate the priming pump until the air
Using improper fuel filters can shorten stops coming out from the vent plug. As
the life of the engine and/or fuel injec- fuel and air are forced out from the
tion system. Such fuel filters can
bleeder screw, carefully absorb the fuel
become damaged or may leak fuel
which can result in personal injury and/ with a cloth so that it does not splash.
or property damage due to fire. NOTICE:
The bleeder screw should be tightened
while the priming pump is operated.
Wipe off any splashed fuel.

7-21
H1-A017E01.book 22 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

LUBRICATION Engine oil and oil filters


Lubrication of the vehicle with proper lubri- 3. Engine oil recommendations B. Selection by ambience temperature
cants following appropriate procedures at To ensure excellent lubrication perfor- during operation
correct intervals is very important for the mance for your engine “Hino Genuine When the ambience temperature during
maintenance of the vehicle. Lubrication of Motor Oil” or equivalent is available, which operation is above 90°F (32°C), use
the vehicle according to TABLE 1 “RECOM- has been specifically tested and approved SAE40 instead of SAE30.
MENDED MAINTENANCE SERVICE” and for all Hino engines. Please contact an
TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS” C. Selection by oil temperature when
authorized Hino dealer for further details
is the driver’s / owner's responsibility. starting the engine
about “Hino Genuine Motor Oil”.
If the vehicle is used under severe operating According to the following instructions If the oil temperature at engine starting is
conditions, the regular maintenance inter- select and use the proper lubricant from a below 32°F (0°C) and it is difficult to start
vals should be shortened. reliable supplier to enhance trouble-free with SAE30 use 15W40. When the tem-
operation and service life of the engine. perature is below -9°F (-23°C), use SAE
Waste oil disposal 4. Oil grade: 10W/30 and an oil immersion heater
should be used. Referring to page 3-30
Do not dispose of waste engine oil or other API CD, CE, CF, CH-4, CI-4
lubricants on the ground, into a sewer, river, NOTICE:
JASO DH-1
or any similar place. Bring it to a used oil col- Select the oil viscosity according to the
ACEA E-3, E-4 diagram shown below, basing your
lection facility for recycling. If you have any
problem regarding used oil disposal, contact selection on the maximum and the min-
A. Oil viscosity and relation between vis-
to an authorized Hino dealer. imum ambience temperatures.
cosity and temperature:
Oil viscosity is designated by SAE viscos-
ity numbers. SAE30 is generally recom-
mended. However, it is necessary to
select a suitable oil viscosity based upon
the range of temperature.

7-22
H1-A017E01.book 23 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

5. Engine oil capacity (Drain and refill) 7. Type of operation details


Viscosity recommendations (SAE) US Qt Liter Type 1
-40 -22 -4 14 32 50 66 88 104
With filter 10.7 10.1 a. Un-paved road
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 J05D
Without filter 8.5 8.0 b. Dusty road
SAE 15W-40
SAE 10W-30 With filter 16.2 15.2 c. Heavy long distance transport
J08E
Without filter 13.3 12.5 d. Mountain road operations
SAE 30
e. Sort-haul distribution operations
f. Construction operations (off-road)
SAE 40 6. Replacement service interval oil and
filter g. Light duty in city operations
The first replace: 3,000 mile (5,000 km) h. Monthly mileage up to 10,000 mile
AD-0293
Periodic service interval: (16,000 km)
D. Additives:
Type of Hino Non Type 2
Engine oil additives or break-in oil should
operation Genuine oil Genuine oil a. Light long duty distance transport
not be used.
9,000 mile 6,000 mile b. Mainly on motor ways and express
Type 1
(15,000 km) (10,000 km) highways
J05D
12,000 mile 6,000 mile
Type 2 c. Monthly mileage over 10,000 mile
(20,000 km) (10,000 km)
(16,000 km)
12,000 mile 6,000 mile
Type 1 d. Paved and flat road operations
(20,000 km) (10,000 km)
J08E
20,000 mile 10,000 mile
Type 2
(32,000 km) (16,000 km)

7-23
H1-A017E01.book 24 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Oil filter
and can result in serious personal
WARNING
injury or death.
z Always drain the fuel into a container z After replacing the filter, inspect the
and dispose of it properly. Be careful external surface of the fuel filter for
not to spill any of the fuel. checking scratches and dents. It is
z If fuel is spilled on engine parts, wipe dangerous to use a scratched or
it off entirely. It is dangerous since it dented fuel filter, since it can cause
can cause a fire which can result in fuel to leak and lead to a fire or other
serious personal injury or death. serious accidents and can result in
serious personal injury or death.
OIL FILTER z Do not smoke when performing main-
tenance on the fuel system. z After replacement of the element,
A6-0003ZC operate the engine for trial to check to
z Keep flame and heat away from the
Use Hino genuine oil filters or equivalent see if there is any fuel leakage around
fuel system since the fuel is flamma-
quality parts which are compatible with your the fuel filter. Fuel leakage can cause
ble and can cause a fire resulting in
a fire and can result in serious per-
engine. Consult an authorized Hino dealer serious personal injury or death.
sonal injury or death.
regarding the quality and interchangeability z Any of these can result in personal
of the oil filter. injury and/or property damage due to
fire.
CAUTION z Use the designated special tool and
Using an improper oil filter may shorten fuel filter wrench to tighten the fuel fil-
engine life. ter. Use of an ordinary tool (for exam-
ple, chain-type tool) can scratch or
dent the peripheral surface of the fuel
filter. If the fuel filter is damaged, it
can cause fuel to leak, thus resulting
in a fire or other serious accidents

7-24
H1-A017E01.book 25 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Replace engine oil and filter


FILLER CAP

O-RING FOR THE OIL


FILTER FITTING
SURFACE
O-RING FOR THE
OIL FILTER INSIDE

DRAIN PLUG OIL FILLER ELEMENT


AD-0235
AD-0236 D12-11-05ZB

b. Remove the filler cap. Remove the drain


.

CAUTION plug of the oil pan and drain the engine CAUTION
oil. The used engine oil should be
Doing replacement work while the Just after driving, the engine oil is still
engine is still hot can result in personal drained into an appropriate container. hot and can burn you. Before changing
injury. Remove any dirt or debris from around or checking the oil, let it cool down until
the oil filter. you can touch the oil without getting
Replace engine oil and oil filter in the follow-
ing manner: c. Place a container for waste oil under the burned.
oil filter and then drain the oil by loosen- Remove the oil filter element by turning it to
a. Park the vehicle on level ground. ing the drain plug located at the lower the left using an oil filter wrench of a speci-
part of the oil filter. Be sure to receive the fied special tool.
oil in the container for the sake of safety Part number of wrench
and in order not to make the ground dirty J08E: 09503-1110
J05D: 09503-1090

7-25
H1-A017E01.book 26 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

f. Apply oil to the gasket of the new oil filter


element and install it by turning it lightly
OIL FILTER BODY to the right by hand until it comes in con-
tact with the sealing face of the main OIL LEVEL GAUGE
GASKET
body. Use a new gasket contained in the
OIL FILTER ELEMENT
element kit. When installing the oil filter,
be careful not to damage it by twisting
FULL ADD
the gasket.
INSTALLATION
Do not reuse the old element.
g. From this state, turn the filter element by
REMOVAL
AD-0316 3/4 and/or 1 turn using the oil filter AD-0098
wrench.
d. Check that a O-ring for the oil filter fitting j. Since the oil level goes down after the oil
surface and a O-ring for the oil filter h. When adding engine oil, refer to TABLE filter and oil cooler are filled, stop the
inside are not left at the side of the oil 5 LUBRICANTS CAPACITY (Drain and engine and wait about 10 minutes.
cooler case. refill) and then install the filler cap tightly. Recheck the level and fill to the “FULL”
e. Remove any dirt or debris such as dust, i. Start the engine and check it for oil leaks. mark if necessary. Wipe any spilled oil off
mud, etc. existing on the sealing face the engine. Do not run the engine with
CAUTION the oil level below the “ADD” mark, or
(contacting face of the element gasket)
of the main body. After replacement of the oil filter, oper- with the filler cap and/or level gauge
ate the engine to see if there is any oil removed.
leakage around the oil filter. Oil leakage
can cause a fire.

7-26
H1-A017E01.book 27 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Transmission lubrication Being able to reach the oil with your finger
Manual transmission does not mean oil is at the proper level.
Model: FS-4205A, FS-5406A, FS-6406A When adding oil, never mix engine oil and
Proper lubrication procedures are the key to gear oil in the same transmission.
a good all-around maintenance program. If Draining oil
the oil is not doing its job, or if the oil level is Drain transmission while oil is warm. To drain
ignored, all the maintenance procedures in oil remove the drain plug at bottom of case.
the world are not going to keep the transmis- Clean the drain plug before re-installing.
sion running or assure long transmission life.
Refilling
Eaton Fuller® transmissions are designed so
that the internal parts operate in a bath of oil Clean case around filler plug and remove
circulated by the motion of gears and shafts. plug from side of case. Fill transmission to
the level of the filler opening. If transmission
Proper oil level has two filler openings, fill to level of both
openings. The exact amount of oil will
depend on the transmission inclination and
IMPROPER OIL model. Do not over fill-this will cause oil to be
LEVEL forced out of the case through front bearing
cover. When adding oil, types and brands of
oil should not be intermixed because of pos-
sible incompatibility.
PROPER OIL
LEVEL Torque:
Filler plug: 34 – 47 N·m
(25 – 35 lbf·ft, 350 – 480 kgf·cm)
Drain plug: 62 – 74 N·m
(45 – 55 lbf·ft, 635 – 755 kgf·cm)

7-27
H1-A017E01.book 28 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Lubrication change and inspection


HIGHWAY USE
First 3,000 to 5,000 miles(5,000 to 8,000 km) Change transmission oil on new units
Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) Inspect oil level. Check for leaks.
Every 50,000 miles (80,000 km) Change transmission oil.
OFF-HIGHWAY USE
First 30 hours Change transmission oil on new units
Every 40 hours Inspect oil level. Check for leaks.
Every 500 hours Change transmission oil where severe dirt conditions exist.
Every 1,000 hours Change transmission oil (Normal off-highway use).
Oil filter should be changed at each oil change on units equipped with optional external oil filter.
Recommended lubrications
Type Grade (SAE) Fahrenheit (Celsius) Ambience Temperature
Eaton approve synthetic transmission oil 50 All
50 Above 10°F (-12°C)
Heavy duty engine oil
40 Above 10°F (-12°C)
MIL-L-2104D, API-CD, or Cat TO-4
30 Below 10°F (-12°C)
80W-90 Above 10°F (-12°C)
Automotive gear oil API-MT-1
75W Below 10°F (-12°C)
Additive and friction modifiers must not be introduced. Never mix engine oils and gear oils in the same transmission.
The use of lubricants not meeting these requirements will affect warranty coverage.

7-28
H1-A017E01.book 29 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Automatic transmission
Model: AISIN® 450, ALLISON® 2200RDS, 2500RDS, 3000RDS
Fluid and filter change
AISIN® 450
First 5,000 miles (8,000 km) Change automatic transmission fluid and fluid filter on new units.
Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) Inspect fluid level. Check for leaks.
Every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) or every 12 month Change automatic transmission fluid and fluid filter.
ALLISON® 2200RDS, 2500RDS
First 5,000 miles (8,000 km) Change automatic transmission fluid and fluid filter on new units.
Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) Inspect fluid level. Check for leaks.
Every 50,000 miles (80,000 km) or every 24 month Change automatic transmission fluid and fluid filter.
ALLISON® 3000RDS
First 5,000 miles (8,000 km) Change automatic transmission fluid and fluid filter on new units.
Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) Inspect fluid level. Check for leaks.
Every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) or every 12 month Change automatic transmission fluid and fluid filter.
Recommended lubrications
Type Grade (SAE) Fahrenheit (Celsius) Ambience Temperature
Automatic transmission fluid ATF DEXRON® 3 —

7-29
H1-A017E01.book 30 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Differential gear oil Replace differential gear oil


(EXAMPLE) g. Clean the filler plug with a magnet and
CAUTION
tighten it with a new gasket.
FILLER PLUG
Do not work on the differential carrier Torque:4.7 – 6.5 N·m
while it is still hot.
(35 – 50 lbf·ft, 48 – 67 kgf·cm)
This can result in personal injury.
a. Park the vehicle on level ground.
Check and clean axle housing breather
b. Clean around the drain and filler plugs.
c. Remove the filler plug. BREATHER
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR DRAIN PLUG d. Remove the drain plug and drain the
PLUG - DO NOT REMOVE
A6-0038ZB-2 gear oil. The used gear oil should be
drained into a suitable container.
e. Clean the filler plug with a magnet and
tighten it with a new gasket.
IMPROPER OIL Torque:4.7 – 6.5 N·m
LEVEL
(35 – 50 lbf·ft, 48 – 67 kgf·cm)
f. Add gear oil up to the lower end of the
A6-0061ZB
filler plug hole.
PROPER OIL
Gear oil: Refer to TABLE 7, “RECOM- Clean the breather if necessary.
LEVEL
MENDED LUBRICANTS”.

7-30
H1-A017E01.book 31 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Maintenance operation differential gear oil


Oil change intervals and specification of all rear drive axle.
Odometer reading or months, whichever comes first
Vocation or vehicle operation Linehaul City delivery Construction Heavy haul
Motorhome School bus Transit Bus Mining
Intercity coach Fire Truck Yard tractor Oil field
Logging Rescue
Initial oil change No longer required as of January 1, 1993
Check oil level Every 25,000 miles Every 10,000 miles (16,000 Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km), or
(40,000 km), or the fleet main- km), or ones a month or the ones a month or the fleet mainte-
tenance interval fleet maintenance interval nance interval*
Petroleum based oil change on axle Every 100,000 miles Every 50,000miles (80,000 Every 25,000 miles (40,000 km), or
with or without pump and filter system (160,000 km), or annually km), or annually annually
Synthetic oil change on axle without Every 250,000 miles Every 100,000 miles (160,000 Every 50,000 miles (80,000 km), or
pump and filter system (400,000 km), or annually km), or annually annually
*For continuous heavy-duty operation, check the oil level 1,000 miles (1,600 km). Add the correct type and amount of oil as required.

7-31
H1-A017E01.book 32 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM ELECTRIC SYSTEM


Air cleaner maintenance When the air cleaner element becomes Check the complete wiring periodically for
excessively dirty, air flow is restricted and deterioration of insulation due to damage or
this leads to excessive exhaust smoke and being exposed to oil. It is the driver’s /
loss of power. Check and replace the air owner's responsibility to maintain it in good
cleaner element at specified intervals. order to assure satisfactory and safe opera-
tion.
Replacement of element
WARNING
Replace the element according to specified
intervals. When the vehicle is operated in a Observe the precautions mentioned in
dusty area, more frequent maintenance is the Jump Starting, of SECTION 5, “IN AN
required refer to page 7-49. EMERGENCY” on page 5-2. when work-
ing on or near the battery. The battery
AD-0215 NOTICE: produces explosive gas and contains a
Be sure to use Hino genuine air ele- corrosive sulfuric acid. A battery explo-
ment or equivalent. Do not use an imi- sion, contact with electrolyte, or an
tation element because it may aspirate electrical short can result in personal
dust due to a bad sealing by excessive injury and/or property damage.
aspirate.

PUSH
INDICATOR BUTTON
SIGNAL
AD-0299

7-32
H1-A017E01.book 33 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Battery (Maintenance-free battery) Checking battery hydrometer Fuses

HYDROMETER

BATTERY
AD-0216 AD-0294 DP100601ZA

Your vehicle is equipped with maintenance- Check the battery condition by the hydrom- The fuse block is located inside the dash-
free batteries installed on the brackets of the eter color. board in front of the assistant's seat. The
left side frame. The hydrometer on the top of 1. Good condition cause of an overload current should be
the battery provides a guide regarding con- determined and corrected before a burnt out
Green eye: DELPHI® battery
dition of the charge and the electrolyte level. fuse is replaced.
Blue eye: FURUKAWA® battery
When replacing, use the same model as the Always replace with the correct fuse.
original battery or its equivalent. 2. Charging necessary Placing a wrong fuse can result in dam-
Dark eye:Have the battery checked by an age to electric units.
authorized Hino dealer. The amperage of each fuse is as follows.
NOTICE:
Do not refill the battery with water.

7-33
H1-A017E01.book 34 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

1. 10A Starter switch


1 2. 5A Head light main relay
3. 5A Head light dimmer relay
2
4. 5A Daytime running light
3
5. 15A Wiper
4 6 12 6. 10A Head light main RH
25
5 7 13 16 29 7. 10A Head light main LH
26
8 14 17 23 30 8. 10A Head light dimmer RH
27
9 15 18 24 31 9. 10A Head light dimmer LH
28 10. 20A Tail light
19
11. 15A Spare power for light
R E L AY 12. 10A Starter
10 20 13. 5A Power relay
21
R E L AY
14. 5A Accessory relay
11 22 15. 15A Radio
16. 10A Wiper
32 17. 10A Horn

FUSE
18. 10A Meter
R E L AY
PULLER
19. 5A Engine ECU
20. 10A ATM
AD-0219 21. 5A ABS

7-34
H1-A017E01.book 35 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NOTICE: Fusible links


22. 5A Parking Never use fuses with a capacity other z The fusible links are installed in the fus-
23. 15A Spare power than that specified. ible link block located on the back of the
24. 10A Van light switch Additional wiring battery.
25. 5A Spare fuse z As additional wiring from fuses or circuit z The cause of an overload current should
26. 10A Spare fuse breakers causes overheating, it must be be determined and corrected before a
avoided. melted fusible link is replaced.
27. 15A Spare fuse
z For the additional installation of a radio or z A melted fusible link can be determined
28. 20A Spare fuse a spotlight, the terminals for its additional by swelled or melted insulation of the
29. 15A Air dryer wiring are provided in the cab and on the link.
30. 10A Backup light chassis frame. Wiring should be done at Each fusible link has a connector col-
an authorized Hino dealer. ored according to its capacity. Always
31. 15A Mirror
z Loads which can be added are as fol- replace with a proper fusible link.
32. 30A Spare fuse
lows:
Color of
Always the power source to the cab.: Ampere Quantity
connector
Max. 10.5A
Tail linkage power source to the chassis FL30A
Pink 4
frame: Max. 10.5A (Cartridge type)
Van lamp power source to the chassis FL40A
frame: MAX. 7A Green 4
(Cartridge type)
FL60A
Yellow 3
(Cartridge type)
FL140A
Purple 2
(Cartridge type)

7-35
H1-A017E01.book 36 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

How to remove the fusible block cover Fusible link Fuse


z Release the hook by pushing the lock
(1) 60A Tail light (14) 10A Stop light
lever (2 points)
(2) 40A Heater (15) 15A Turn signal light
z Remove the block cover by pulling the
lock plate. (3) 140A Alternator (16) 15A ABS for full air brake
(4) 60A Starter 30A ABS for hydraulic brake
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK COVER HOOK
(5) 40A Head light (17) 10A U2 main
(6) 40A Main 1 (18) 15A Room light
(7) 30A Power window (19) 15A U2 actuator
(8) 40A Main 2 (20) 10A AT(Automatic transmission)
(9) 30A ABS (21) 20A Fuel heater
(10) 30A Accessory (22) 5A HYDRO MAX brake system
(11) 40A Spare power & Van light (23) 5A HYDRO MAX ABS system
LOCK PLATE
(12) 60A Glow plug
(13)140A HYDRO MAX brake
14
15
16
21 17
18
19
20

4 5 6
1 2 3 12 13
7 8 9 10 11

22 RELAY
RELAY 23 RELAY RELAY
RELAY
RELAY RELAY

AD-0295

7-36
H1-A017E01.book 37 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM


Hydraulic brake type Full air brake type more frequent maintenance is
required. Failure to perform the neces-
CAUTION WARNING
sary brake adjustment can result in
A split hydraulic brake system is z If the air pressure warning light personal injury and/or property dam-
installed in the vehicle. If one of the two comes on and/or the buzzer sounds age. Have an authorized Hino dealer
separate circuits fails for some reason, while driving, pull off the road and adjust the brake.
the vehicle can still be stopped with the stop your vehicle immediately. Have
Maintenance on the wheel brake should be
other circuit, but the stopping distance an authorized Hino dealer check and
will be much longer than normal. If you correct it. performed according to the daily inspection
experience this, have an authorized and maintenance schedule. If your vehicle is
z A split air brake system is installed in
Hino dealer check and correct it as soon operated with frequent braking condition,
the vehicle. If one of the two separate
as possible. circuits fails for some reason, the check the service brake system more often.
Regarding checks and adjustment of wheel vehicle can still be stopped with the
brake pads wear, have the checks and other circuit, but the stopping dis-
adjustment performed according to TABLE 1 tance will be much longer than nor-
mal. If you experience this, have an
“RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SER-
authorized Hino dealer check and
VICE”. Under severe driving conditions, correct it as soon as possible.
more frequent maintenance is required. Failure to perform the necessary
Maintenance on the wheel brake should be adjustment can result in personal
performed according to the daily inspection injury and/or property damage.
and maintenance schedule. If your vehicle is z Regarding checks and adjustment of
operated with frequent braking condition, wheel brake lining wear, have the
check the service brake system more often. checks and adjustment performed
according to TABLE 1, “RECOM-
MENDED MAINTENANCE SERVICE”.
Under severe driving conditions,

7-37
H1-A017E01.book 38 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Wheel nuts and hub bolts


(EXAMPLE) Check and tighten wheel nuts to their spec-
ified torque in accordance with daily inspec-
tion procedures.
NOTICE:
When tightening the wheel nuts,
remove dirt and other foreign material
from the thread, apply engine oil or
grease to the threads of the hub bolts
WHEEL
and wheel nuts, and to the crowns of
NUT
the wheel nuts, and then tighten the
nuts. Wheel hub bolts and nuts on the
A3-0010ZB right side of the vehicle have right-
hand threads, and wheel hub bolts and
WARNING nuts on the left side of the vehicle have
left-hand threads.
Do not drive with wheel nuts loosened.
Driving with wheel nuts loosened may
cause the wheel and nut to become
damaged and the hub bolt to break due
to fatigue. This can result in personal
injury and/or property damage.

7-38
H1-A017E01.book 39 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

(EXAMPLE)
WARNING
Replace all hub bolts of the wheel when
a single hub bolt breaks due to a loosely
mounted wheel. Though it is not easily
perceptible, other hub bolts also could
be damaged due to fatigue. This can
cause personal injury and/or property
damage. TORQUE
WRENCH
Replace hub bolts and wheel nuts with dam-
aged threads. Replace wheels with dam-
A6-0021ZB
aged or deformed bolt holes. When the
vehicle, wheels, or wheel nuts are new, the Torque for wheel nuts:
wheel nuts should be checked and tightened [Model: HINO 145]
to specified torque at 100, 500, and 390 – 470 N·m
1,000miles (160, 800, and 1,600km) since (290 – 347 lbf·ft., 4,000 – 4,800 kgf·cm)
they may not be well seated. Have an autho-
rized Hino dealer check and tighten them. [Model: HINO 165, 185]
The tightening torque should be checked 215 – 235 N·m
with a proper torque wrench. (157 – 171 lbf·ft., 2,200 – 2,400 kgf·cm)

[Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338]


610 – 665 N·m
(450 – 500 lbf·ft., 6,200 – 6,800 kgf·cm)

7-39
H1-A017E01.book 40 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Tire Tire inflation


Tires should be properly inflated according
CAUTION CAUTION to the tire manufacture’s recommended cold
inflation pressure for the tire size, type, load
Worn or damaged tires should be z Driving with an under inflated tire is
very dangerous because it causes range (ply rating) and axle loading typical for
replaced as soon as possible. Tires with
worn tread tend to slip when cornering excessive heat build-up and can your operation. Be sure that the total load
and decrease brake effectiveness. result in tire failure causing personal carried by front and rear tires does not
These can result in personal injury and/ injury and/or property damage. Be exceed GAWR and GVWR of the vehicle.
or property damage. sure to inflate tires to proper pressure Replacement of tires or wheels requires tire
Always use approved tire and rim com- according to the tire manufacturer’s experts. Consult an authorized Hino dealer.
binations for diameters and contours. recommended cold inflation pres-
sure.
Tires tend to slip when driving on wet, snowy
z Inflation pressures should be Proper inflation pressure is the most impor-
and icy, or gravel roads. Vehicle speed checked and corrected using an tant maintenance practice to insure safe
should be controlled with regard to road con- extension hose with gauge and clip- vehicle operation and long life for the tires.
ditions. When driving on wet or slushy roads, on chuck while tires are cold. Failure to maintain correct inflation pressure
vehicle speed should be reduced because of Tires heated from normal use will
may result in sudden tire destructions,
possible hydroplaning. have higher pressures than the cold
inflation pressures. improper vehicle handling, and may cause
Wheel and tire balancing rapid and irregular tire wear. Therefore, infla-
Tire pressures should always be
A tire and wheel assembly which is out of bal- checked with an accurate gauge. tion pressure should be checked daily and
ance can cause uneven tread wear or vibra- z Valve stem caps should always be always before long distance trips.
tion. In this case have an authorized Hino used to keep a tight air seal and to
dealer check and correct it. keep out dirt and moisture.
z If a pressure loss is noticed at any
pressure check, have an authorized
Hino dealer determine the cause and
correct it as soon as possible.

7-40
H1-A017E01.book 41 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Wheel replacement recommendations


Wheels must be replaced when they
become deformed or damaged or when the
wheel nuts repeatedly loosen. WARNING

CAUTION z Do not use damaged disc wheels


which have been straightened or
When replacing tires, use tires of the repaired by welding. Such wheels can
same size, construction, load range, break while driving because of
and tread design as the original tires of reduced strength. This can result in
your vehicle. Otherwise vehicle han- personal injury and/or property dam-
dling, brake performance, and riding age due to loss of control.
comfort can be adversely affected and z When replacing disc wheels, always
may result in personal injury and/or use new disc wheels. Used disc wheels
property damage due to loss of control. can suddenly fail without indication.
When the tire specifications are not
clear, contact an authorized Hino dealer. z When replacing a disc wheel, use the
new disc wheel of the same size
(diameter, width and offset), con-
struction, load capacity and mount-
ing dimensions as the Hino genuine
disc wheel or equivalent. Check that
the newly installed disc wheel does
not interfere with the axle, suspen-
sion, or brake parts. An improper
wheel may cause the loss of control,
interference with suspension sys-
tem, shorter life of wheel bearings, a
tire coming off, etc. This can also
result in personal injury and/or prop-
erty damage.

7-41
H1-A017E01.book 42 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

FRONT AXLE ALIGNMENT POWER STEERING SYSTEM


Alignment
TOE-IN CAMBER
FRONT OF VEHICLE
CENTER LINE VERTICAL
A OF WHEEL CENTER
LINE
FILLER
CAP
MAX.

B FLUID LEVEL
GAUGE MIN.
CAMBER
TOE-IN = B-A
A6-0024ZB A6-0025ZB AD-0193

Camber, toe-in, and caster are important fac-


tors for tire life and vehicle handling. Mainte- CASTER CAUTION
CENTER
nance of the correct alignment in VERTICAL LINE OF z When adding the fluid to the reserve
accordance with the scheduled mainte- CENTER LINE KING PIN tank be careful not to contaminate
nance is important. Improper alignment can fluid by letting dirt fall into the reserve
FRONT OF
cause abnormal tire wear, vibration, or steer- VEHICLE tank.
ing difficulty. z Fluid contaminated with dirt can
result in a shorter pump life and can
GROUND result in personal injury and/or prop-
LEVEL erty damage due to improper opera-
POSITIVE
CASTER tion of relief valve, control valve etc.
A6-0026ZB

7-42
H1-A017E01.book 43 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Daily inspection Before starting the engine Do not operate the vehicle with the oil level
The following daily maintenance should be Check engine oil level below the “ADD.” mark. The quantity of oil
performed to ensure efficient operation of indicated between marks is below. When the
OIL LEVEL GAUGE engine is cold, added oil will not reach the oil
the vehicle. Performing the daily mainte-
pan fast enough to provide a true indication
nance is the operator's responsibility. Make of oil level.
it a habit to check these points every day FULL ADD
US Qt Liters
before operating the vehicle. J08E 3.6 3.4
J05D 2.9 2.7
AD-0098 Be careful not to overfill. Otherwise
Check the level gauge for the engine oil with increased oil consumption or deterioration of
the vehicle parked on level ground. After the the exhaust emission can result.
engine has been stopped, wait a minimum of
10 minutes before checking the level. Pull CAUTION
out the level gauge, wipe it with a clean cloth When adding oil, be careful not to spill
and put it back all the way. Pull out the gauge oil. When the exhaust system is still hot,
again and check the level. The oil level spilled oil on the hot exhaust system
should be kept between the “FULL” and can cause personal injury and/or prop-
“ADD.” marks. erty damage due to fire. Do not spill oil
on the electric system. If oil is spilled,
carefully wipe it off with a cloth.
Replace the filler cap after adding oil. Install
the level gauge securely.

7-43
H1-A017E01.book 44 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check coolant level Open the reserve tank cap and pour in cool-
CAP ant until the “FULL” line is reached.
NOTICE:
FULL NOTICE
Coolant will automatically be supplied
PLEN from the reserve tank to the radiator.
Do not remove the radiator cap.
LOW
BAS A frequent or excessive need of coolant indi-
cates possible leaks in the coolant system.
RESERVE TANK Consult an authorized Hino dealer.
When replenishing coolant if LLC is being
used, add the Hino genuine LLC in the same
AD-0157 AD-0190 concentration as that used previously to
Check the coolant level warning light. The Check the coolant level in the reserve tank. ensure that an identical concentration of LLC
warning light came’s on when the level is low. (Coolant is automatically supplied from the is maintained.
reserve tank if the coolant in the radiator is NOTICE:
running low.) The coolant level should be Long life coolant meet system require-
between the “FULL” and “LOW” lines. If it is ments and has the ability to pile (sedi-
below the “LOW” line there is not sufficient ment) up in the reserve tank. There is
coolant in the radiator. Check the radiator no influence in the function perfor-
and reserve tank for leaks and then refill mance of Long life coolant.
them.
NOTICE:
Wait until the engine and radiator are
cool before checking the coolant level.

7-44
H1-A017E01.book 45 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check drive belts Check all drive belts for fraying, cracks, wear
[MODEL: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338] [MODEL: HINO 145, 165, 185] or oiliness and tension. Adjust or replace if
ENGINE MODEL:J08E ENGINE MODEL J05D necessary.

ALTERNATOR COOLANT ALTERNATOR CAUTION


COOLANT
PULLEY PUMP PULLEY PULLEY
PUMP PULLEY
Keep the engine stopped during this
check and adjustment. Moving parts
IDLER PULLEY
such as the cooling fan and belts can
result in personal injury.
Check belts for proper tension by applying
pressure of 22 lbf (10 kgf) with your finger (or
using special tool 09444-1210) midway
CRANKSHAFT between pulleys as shown in the figure. If
PULLEY necessary, adjust them to their specified ten-
CRANKSHAFT sions.
COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR PULLEY
PULLEY
PULLEY FOR AIR IDLER PULLEY FOR AIR CONDITIONING NOTICE:
CONDITIONING When a new belt is installed or the ten-
AD-0191
AD-0192 sion is adjusted, run the engine for sev-
eral minutes after installation or
adjustment. Then check and adjust the
tension again. Repeat this operation
several times.

7-45
H1-A017E01.book 46 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Adjusting procedure for drive belt b. After adjustment, securely tighten the Air Compressor drive belt
[Model: HINO 146, 165, 185] BOLT a and the NUT b. ENGINE MODEL:J05D
ADJUSTING
ENGINE MODEL:J05D Tightening torque: IDLER PULLEY BOLT b
BOLT a A COOLING
FAN BOLT a B
51.0 N·m (38 lbf·ft., 520 kgf·cm) LOCK NUT a
ADJUSTING BOLT and NUT b
83.4 N·m (61 lbf·ft., 850 kgf·cm)

NOTICE:
ALTERNATOR Do not pry the alternator body directly
with a lever, as it can damage the alter- CRANKSHAFT COMPRESSOR PULLEY
nator. PULLEY FOR AIR CONDITIONING
BOLT & NUT b AD-0298
AD-0296
ENGINE MODEL:J08E CRANKSHAFT
The cooling fan and the alternator drive belt.
COMPRESSOR B PULLEY
a. Loosen the BOLT a and the NUT b.
PULLEY FOR AIR
Adjust belt to move the alternator in the
CONDITIONING
specified deflection.
Belt deflection:
0.32 – 0.40 in. (8 – 10 mm)
Measuring point: IDLER
Point A and apply a load PULLEY

ADJUSTING LOCK NUT a


BOLT b AD-0297

7-46
H1-A017E01.book 47 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Compressor drive belt for air conditioning Check power steering fluid level b. Remove the filler cap and wipe the
a. Loosen the LOCK NUT a of the idler pul- attached fluid level gauge with a clean
ley. cloth. Check the fluid level by screwing
the cap back on and removing the cap
b. Adjust the ADJUSTING BOLT b and
again. When the fluid level is low, add
adjust the deflection of the belt at mea-
fluid of the same brand and type to the
suring point B so that it comes within the FILLER
CAP “MAX.” fluid level mark. (For recom-
standard range. The tension of the belt
mended fluid, referring to TABLE 7,
can be increased by turn the adjusting MAX.
“RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS”)
bolt b clockwise.
Belt deflection: 0.434 in. (11 mm) c. When fluid is added to the reserve tank,
FLUID LEVEL
Measuring point: GAUGE MIN. be sure to install the filler cap securely.
Point B and apply a load of about 22 lb. AD-0193
(10 kg)
a. Be careful not to contaminate the fluid by
c. After adjustment, securely tighten the letting dirt fall into the reserve tank when
lock nut a and adjust bolt b. checking or adding fluid. An excessively
Tightening torque: low fluid level indicates possible leaks in
LOCK NUT a the system. Consult an authorized Hino
41.2 N·m (30 lbf·ft., 420 kgf·cm) dealer and have them check and correct
ADJUSTING BOLT b it.
5.9 N·m (4.31 lbf·ft., 60 kgf·cm)
CAUTION
When the fluid level becomes low or the
fluid gets contaminated with dirt, the
power steering may not function prop-
erly. This can result in personal injury
and/or property damage.

7-47
H1-A017E01.book 48 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check air cleaner service indicator Air cleaner Replacement of air cleaner

PUSH
INDICATOR BUTTON
SIGNAL
AD-0299

Check whether a red signal shows on the The air cleaner is equipped with a dust indi-
service indicator. When the red signal is cator to indicate if the element is clogged. It
shown, replace the air cleaner element. is also equipped with a dust unloader valve
Refer to the maintenance schedule for peri- that collects and disposes of dust automati-
odical maintenance intervals. cally.
Inspection
a. Check to see if the color of the indicator
signal has changed to “RED”.
b. If the color is “RED”, it is abnormal. If it
has changed to “RED”, replace the ele-
ment regardless of the running kilometer-
age.

7-48
H1-A017E01.book 49 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NOTICE:
Be sure to use genuine Hino element.
Do not use an imitation element
because it may aspirate dust due to a
bad seal or be damaged by excessive
tightening.
g. Reinstall the element in the reverse
sequence of removal.
h. Be sure that all three finger screws are
tightened securely when replacing the
CASE
element and housing cover. Install the
rubber seal so that it may not be twisted.
AD-0303

a. Release the three finger screws and d. Clean the dust unloader valve. Be sure it CAUTION
carefully remove the cover. is not broken or missing.
Failure to completely install the clamps
b. Hold the outer projecting end of the ele- NOTICE: may cause a defect in the element pack-
ment and turn slightly, then detach the If the dust unloader valve is broken or ing surface, allow dust into the engine,
element. missing, water and dirt can easily enter and cause premature wear of pistons
the air cleaner. Install a new dust and liners.
c. Clean the cover and inside of the case
with a clean, dry cloth. unloader valve.
e. Check the rubber seal and hose for
breakage and the clamps for looseness.
If broken, replace it with a new part. If the
clamps are loose, tighten them.
f. Replace the element.

7-49
H1-A017E01.book 50 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check and drain fuel filter with water sep- Check tires
arator
(EXAMPLE) EXTENSION
HOSE WITH A
GAUGE AND
CLIP-ON CHUCK

PUSH
INDICATOR BUTTON
SIGNAL
AD-0299 A3-0009ZB
TYPE: 1 TYPE: 2 AD-0194
i. After finish cleaning of the element, Check tires for correct pressure using an
press the push button at the end of the Check the fuel filter warning light. The warn- extension hose with a gauge and clip-on
indicator to reset. ing light will turn on when water separator for chuck. Proper inflation pressure varies
accumulated water. Drain the water from the according to tire size and construction.
separator. For maintenance procure, refer to Follow the tire manufacturer’s recom-
page 7-77. mended cold inflation pressure.

7-50
H1-A017E01.book 51 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check and retighten wheel nuts Check steering linkage


(EXAMPLE)
WARNING
Never inflate tires more than the maxi-
mum pressure shown on the sidewall of
the tire. Overinflation can result in per-
sonal injury and/or property damage.
Visually check tires for damage, and exces- DUST COVER
sive or abnormal wear. Replace if required.
WHEEL
For replacing, consult an authorized Hino
NUT
dealer.
PITMAN ARM
A3-0010ZB AD-0195

Check wheel nuts for tightness and to see if


any are missing. Install new nuts if missing. DUST COVER
Tighten wheel nuts with torque wrench to
specified torque if necessary. TIE ROD
For tightening method of wheel nuts, refer to
page 7-38. KNUCKLE
ARM

DUST
COVER

AD-0305

7-51
H1-A017E01.book 52 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

a. Check rod and arm for damage cracks or Check and lubricate suspension Front spring
damage. Check suspension for the following.
b. Check the four dust covers for cracks or a. Loose U-bolts
damage.
b. Broken leaf or leaves
c. Replace if required. For replacing, con-
c. Missing or loose clip band bolts
tact an authorized Hino dealer.
d. Leaks from shock absorbers
e. Damage on buffer rubbers
f. Lack of lubrication on rear spring sliding
and spring helper.
For above-mentioned a) to d), consult an
authorized Hino dealer. For e), replace
buffer rubbers if they are damaged.

7-52
H1-A017E01.book 53 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Rear axle
[Model:HINO 268, 338 Air suspension]

U-BOLT

Front U-bolts tightening torque: Rear U-bolts tightening torque:


[Model: HINO 145,165, 185] [Model: HINO 145,165, 185]
225 – 335 N·m 390 – 585 N·m
(165 – 247 lbf·ft., 2,280 – 3,420 kgf·cm) (288 – 430 lbf·ft., 3,980 – 5,960 kgf·cm)
[Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338] [Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338]
370 – 475 N·m 490 – 735 N·m
(273 – 347 lbf·ft., 3,780 – 4,820 kgf·cm) (361 – 541 lbf·ft., 5,000 – 7,490 kgf·cm)
[Model: HINO 268, 338 Air suspen-
sion]
545 – 610 N·m
(400 – 450 lbf·ft., 5,560 – 6,220 kgf·cm)

7-53
H1-A017E01.book 54 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check brake lines and hoses Check clutch fluid Check brake fluid [Hydraulic brake type]
1. Check brake lines and hoses for dam- (Not applicable for automatic transmission)
age, cracks or chafing. Also check brake
RESERVE TANK
lines and hoses for any interference or
rubbing with the front wheels fully turned
to the right and left.
2. Check lines and hoses for leaks. MAX

3. Check the brake valve, brake chambers MIN

and other units for air leaks.[Full air


brake type]
4. Repair or replace if necessary. For
replacement, consult an authorized Hino
dealer. AD-0198 1. Brake fluid reserve tank
1. Check the clutch fluid reservoir for fluid The brake fluid reserve tank is installed
level. The fluid level should be kept on the left side in the engine room. The
between the MAX. and MIN. marks. For brake fluid level shall be within the range
fluid refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED of 1 in. (25.4 mm) below bottom of ring.
LUBRICANTS”. Fill to bottom of ring if brake fluid is more
than 1 in. (25.4 mm) below bottom of
2. Clutch fluid reserve tank. The clutch fluid
ring.
reserve tank is installed in the engine
room. Add clutch fluid up to MAX. mark 2. Do not mix the fluid with a different type.
level if required. An excessively low fluid Mixed fluid may cause lowering of the
level indicates possible leaks in the boiling point and corrosion of brake
clutch systems. Contact an authorized parts. As to the fluid brand originally
Hino dealer have them correct it. used, ask an authorized Hino dealer.

7-54
H1-A017E01.book 55 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

3. Wipe spilled fluid from coated or painted Check parking brake [Full air brake type] Check in the cab
surface as soon as possible. Otherwise it Check warning lights
can damage the coating or paint. BRAKE
CHAMBER When the starter key is in the “START” posi-
4. Install the reserve tank cap securely after tion, the warning lights will light, if there is no
adding fluid. An excessively low fluid failure in the lights and circuits.
level indicates possible leaks in the Before starting the engine, use it as a check
brake systems. Contact an authorized to see that the lights are operable.
Hino dealer have them correct it.
CAUTION
This can result in a possible malfunc-
tion of some part of the vehicle and
cause injury or damage.
AD-0347

1. Check the brake chambers for damage.


2. Check the parking brake air lines for
damage.
3. Check the mounting bolts for the brake
chambers for tightness. Have an autho-
rized Hino dealer correct, if necessary.

7-55
H1-A017E01.book 56 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check turn signal lights Move the turn signal switch lever toward you Check hazard lights
and push frontward and check that the out-
side turn signal lights and the turn signal indi-
RIGHT TURN cator lights on the instrument panel flash.
Flash rate: 75 – 95 flashes/minute
In this case the flash rate will not change
when a light is burned-out. Replace it with
the correct bulb immediately.

LEFT TURN

AD-0256 AD-0139

Pull up the hazard light lever and check that


all the outside turn signal lights and indicator
lights on the instrument panel flash. When
the lever is pulled up again, the lights will go
off.
Flash rate: 75 – 95 flashes/minute
In this case the flash rate will not change
when a light is burned-out. Replace it with
the correct bulb immediately.

DP051102ZA

7-56
H1-A017E01.book 57 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check steering wheel Check parking brake [Hydraulic brake


type]
WARNING
(EXAMPLE)
Excessive steering wheel play may
adversely affect vehicle handling. This
condition can result in an accident
causing serious injury or death. Consult
an authorized Hino dealer as soon as
possible.

AD-0201
AD-0257
Check the steering wheel play with the front
wheels directed straight ahead and the
engine at idling.
Standard play:0 – 1.377 in. (0 – 35 mm) ADJUSTER
Adjust the play if necessary.

AD-0259

7-57
H1-A017E01.book 58 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check the parking brake lever pull resis- Check accelerator pedal and engine idling
tance.
Standard pull resistance: TURN CLUTCH PEDAL BRAKE PEDAL
[Model: HINO 145, 165, 185 and HINO 238, COUNTERCLOCKWISE
268, 308 with automatic transmission] MAXIMUM
49.5 – 60.5 lbf.(22.5 – 27.5 kg)
[Model HINO 238, 268, 308 with manual
transmission]
61.6 – 82.5 lbf.(32.5 – 37.5 kg)
Adjustment is made by turning adjuster is
turn to clockwise or count clockwise. ACCELERATOR PEDAL
AD-0142 AD-0306
WARNING Check that the engine idling speed is smooth Check the accelerator pedal for smooth
Failure to have the parking brake lever and that there are no irregularities when the operation. If the operation is not smooth,
adjusted may lead to an accident result- throttle control knob is turned all the way to contact an authorized Hino dealer and have
ing in serious injury or death. the counter clockwise. them correct it immediately.

WARNING
Never use the throttle control knob while
driving. Using the throttle control knob
could adversely affect the ability of the
vehicle to stop which could result in an
accident causing serious injury or death.

7-58
H1-A017E01.book 59 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check brake pedal play and clearance Check the clutch pedal play
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
WARNING
BRAKE PEDAL PLAY
z Failure to perform the necessary
brake adjustment can result in per-
sonal injury and/or property damage.
Have an authorized Hino dealer
adjust the brake.
z Checking on a slope is dangerous
because the vehicle may start to
move. Be sure to stop the vehicle on
level ground and block the wheels
AD-0202 with wheel stoppers before checking.
Check the brake pedal play by depressing AD-0308
the pedal by hand.Check that there is clear-
ance between the brake pedal and the toe
board when the brake pedal is fully
depressed.
Standard play:
[Hydraulic brake type]
0.118 – 0.472 in. (3 – 12 mm)
[Full air brake type]
0.078 – 0.196 in. (2 – 5 mm)

AD-0309

7-59
H1-A017E01.book 60 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Clutch pedal operation Check windshield washer


Depress the clutch pedal with fingers and Check the clutch operation with the engine
you will feel resistance in 2 stages. The pedal idling as follows:
stroke up to the 2nd stage of resistance is the 1. Check to see that the clutch is not abnor-
pedal play. mally hard to depress and that there are
Model Standard Limit no unusual noises when depressing the
HINO 145, 165, 1.4 – 2.2 in. 1.2 in. pedal.
185 (35 – 55 mm) (30 mm) 2. Check to see that the gears can be
HINO 238, 268, 1.7 – 2.3 in. 1.4 in. shifted smoothly.
308, 338 (44 – 59 mm) (35 mm) 3. When releasing the clutch pedal in the
normal gradual manner, the clutch
When the pedal play has reached the limit, should engage smoothly with no slippage AD-0166
have the pedal play adjusted at an autho- or jolting. A. Inspection and adding the windshield
rized Hino dealer. washer to the tank.
4. If any trouble is found, have the clutch
inspected and repaired at an authorized a. Open the assistant’s seat side door.
Hino dealer. The windshield washer tank is installed
in this side of the seat.
b. Check the tank for solution level.
If the level is low or the tank is empty,
add washer solution.

7-60
H1-A017E01.book 61 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Check air pressure gauge


[Full air brake type]
CAUTION CAUTION
When getting into and getting out of the z The washer fluid contains a flamma- [USA] [CANADA]
cab, do not apply force on the washer ble solvent. Keep it away from open
tank by putting your hands or legs on flames.
the tank. z Use the special washer fluid accord-
NOTICE: ing to its instructions to prevent
The windshield spray nozzles are freezing of the washer system. Do not
attached to the ends of the wiper arms. use antifreeze which may damage the kg/cm
painted surfaces of the vehicle.
B. Mixing the windshield washer solution.
The solution's ratio of washer fluid to AD-0365
water should vary with the outside tem-
Check that the air pressure gauge pointers
perature to prevent freezing. Mix the
solution according to the following table. are above 71 lb/in2 (5 kg/cm2) with the
engine running. Then stop the engine and
Solution
check the air pressure gauge for air pressure
Season Dilution Freezing
drop. If an air pressure drop is evident after
Temperature
leaving the vehicle as it is for one minute, it
Washer fluid 1: About 14.0°F indicates a possible leak in the brake air sys-
Normal
Water 2 (-10°C) tem. Have an authorized Hino dealer correct
Washer fluid 1: About -4°F it immediately.
Winter
Water 1 (-20°C)
Severe Washer fluid About -58°F
cold only (-50°C)

7-61
H1-A017E01.book 62 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Fuel filter warning light Check ABS warning light

CAUTION
[USA] [CANADA] If the ABS light comes on while driving,
there could be a problem with the ABS.
Your regular service brakes will, how-

ABS
ever, work normally, but you should be
careful and drive the vehicle in the same
way that you would drive a vehicle with-
out ABS. Have your vehicle inspected
and serviced immediately at an autho-
rized Hino dealer.
AD-0262 AD-0158

This light warns you that the amount of accu- The major electrical components of the Anti-
mulated water in the fuel filter has reached Lock Brake System (ABS) confirm proper
the specified level. function before and during the driving task.
The ABS warning light will come on when
CAUTION you turn the starter key to the “ON” position.
It stays on briefly and then turns off automat-
Never drive the vehicle with the fuel fil-
ter warning light lit. Continued driving ically. If the ABS light does not come on,
with water accumulated in the fuel filter have your vehicle inspected and serviced
will damage the fuel system. immediately at an authorized Hino dealer.

7-62
H1-A017E01.book 63 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE
Scheduled maintenance procedures First 3,000 – 5,000 miles (5,000 – 8,000
The maintenance items mentioned in this km) (Highway use)
section are relatively simple and easy. First 30 hours (Off-highway use)
FILLER PLUG
If you have any question about maintenance 1. Change manual transmission gear oil
service, contact an authorized Hino dealer.
Refer to TABLE 1 “RECOMMENDED MAIN- CAUTION
TENANCE SERVICE” for maintenance Do not work on the transmission while it
items and intervals. is still hot. This can result in personal
The numbers in parenthesis following the injury.
titles correspond to the numbers of each
maintenance item in TABLE 1 “RECOM-
MENDED MAINTENANCE SERVICE.” DRAIN PLUG
AD-0233

a. Park the vehicle on level ground.


b. Clean around the filler and drain plugs.
c. Remove the filler plug.
d. Remove the drain plug and drain.
The used gear oil should be drained into
a suitable container.
e. Clean the drain plug with a magnet and
tighten the plug with a new gasket.
Torque:62 – 74 N·m
(45 – 55 lbf·ft., 635 – 755 kgf·cm)

7-63
H1-A017E01.book 64 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

First 5,000miles (8,000 km) 2. Inspection and replenishment


1. Change automatic transmission fluid (EXAMPLE)
and oil filter element
IMPROPER OIL z For the proper automatic transmission
OIL LEVEL
LEVEL fluid to use.
GAUGE
Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED
LUBRICANTS”

PROPER OIL CAUTION


DRAIN
LEVEL
Do not work on the transmission while it PLUG
is still hot. This can result in personal
injury. AD-0311

Fluid check procedure


f. Add gear oil up to the lower end of the
filler plug hole. z Clean around the end of the fill tube
before removing the fluid level gauge.
Gear oil: Dirt or foreign matter must not be permit-
Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED ted to enter the fluid system because it
LUBRICANTS” can cause valves to stick, cause undue
g. Clean the filler plug with a magnet and wear of transmission parts, or clog pas-
tighten it with a new gasket. sages.
z Always check the fluid level at least
Torque:34 – 47 N·m
twice. Consistency is important in main-
(25 – 35 lbf·ft., 350 – 480 kgf·cm)
taining accuracy.

7-64
H1-A017E01.book 65 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

If inconsistent readings persist, check the Cold check (Check the fluid level)
transmission breather and the vent hole in z The only purpose of the Cold check is to
the fluid level gauge fill tube to ensure they ALLISON OIL LEVEL determine if the transmission has
are clean and free of debris. GAUGE enough fluid to be safely operated until a
z Always check the fluid level at least Hot check can be made.
twice. Consistency is important in main- z Park the vehicle on a level surface and
taining accuracy. If inconsistent readings COLD HOT apply the parking brake.
persist, check the transmission breather
z Run the engine for at least one minute.
and the vent hole in the fluid level gauge
Shift to first and then to reverse to clear
fill tube to ensure they are clean and free COLD RUN HOT RUN
the hydraulic circuits of air. Then shift to
of debris. The vent hole is located on the (NORMAL)
neutral and allow the engine to idle. The
underside of the fill tube just below the
AD-0312 sump temperature should be between 16
seal of the fluid level gauge cap.
– 49°C {60 – 120°F}.
z Check the fluid level by the following pro-
z After wiping the fluid level gauge clean,
cedures and record any abnormal level
check the fluid level. If the fluid on the
on your maintenance records.
fluid level gauge is within the “COLD
RUN” band, the level is satisfactory for
operating the transmission until the fluid
is hot enough to perform a HOT RUN
check.
If the fluid level is not within the “COLD
RUN” band, add or drain fluid as neces-
sary to bring the level to the middle of the
“COLD RUN” band.

7-65
H1-A017E01.book 66 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Replacement procedure Have the automatic transmission fluid


z Perform a hot check at the first opportu- [ALLISON® 3000RDS] replaced at an authorized Hino dealer.
nity after the normal operating sump tem- (1)Place a container for drained fluid under
perature 71 – 93°C {160 – 200°F} is the filter and remove the fluid filter.
reached. (2)Remove the filter.
Hot check (Check the fluid level) MAIN LUBE
(3)Install the new filter.
FILTER
z The fluid must be hot to ensure an accu- COVER Replace the O-ring with a new one con-
rate check. The fluid level rises as tem- tained in the element kit.
perature increases. DRAIN z When installing the O-ring, pay attention
z Operate the vehicle about 10 minutes in PLUG not to twist or damage the O-ring.
the “D” (Drive) position until normal oper- z Wipe off the spilled fluid thoroughly.
ating temperature is reached: 71 – 93°C
{160 – 200°F} converter-out temperature. AD-0314 NOTICE:
Lubricate only the O-ring inside the fil-
z Park the vehicle on a level surface and ter cartridges.
place the selector lever in the “N” (Neu- MAIN LUBE (4)After replacement of the filter, start the
tral) or “P” (Parking) position. Apply the FILTER engine, check to see if there is any fluid
parking brake and allow the engine to
O-RING leakage, perform a test drive of the vehi-
idle.
O-RING cle, replenish fluid to each part, and then
z After wiping the fluid level gauge clean, GASKET check the transmission gear fluid level.
check the fluid level. The safe operating
level is anywhere within the “HOT RUN” COVER
band on the fluid level gauge. BOLT
z If the level is not within this ban, add or
drain fluid as necessary to bring the level AD-0315
to the top of the “HOT RUN” band.

7-66
H1-A017E01.book 67 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

[ALLISON® 2200RDS, 2500RDS] First 2,500 miles (4,000 km)


CAUTION The following items should be performed by
z Do not work on the transmission an authorized Hino dealer.
while it is still hot. This can result in 1. Power steering reserve tank strainer
personal injury.
2. Power steering reserve tank filter
z Do not use the bolts to draw filter cov-
ers to the sump. This can damage the 3. Power steering fluid
covers, seals, or sump. 4. Tightness of U-bolts and clip bands
MAGNET z Containers or fillers that have been
FILTER used to handle antifreeze or engine
coolant solution must not be used for First 6,000 miles (10,000 km)
the transmission fluid. Antifreeze and Check and adjust drive belts
AD-0383 coolant solutions contain ethylene [Model:HINO 145, 165, 185]
Place a container for drained fluid under the glycol which, if introduced into the Check and adjust referring to page 7-45.
transmission, can cause the clutch
filter and remove the filter. Remove the filter.
plates to fail.
Clean the magnet and install the new filter.
After replacement of the filter, start the Have the filter replaced at an authorized
engine, check to see if there is any fluid leak- Hino dealer.
age, perform a test drive of the vehicle,
replenish fluid to each part, and then check
the transmission fluid level.

7-67
H1-A017E01.book 68 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 1,000 miles (1,600 km) Every 3,000miles (5,000 km)


Check wheel nut torque Clean air filter (For cab ventilator)
WARNING
(EXAMPLE)
z Wheel hub bolts and nuts on the right
side of the vehicle have right-handed
threads, and wheel hub bolts and
nuts on the left side of the vehicle
have left-handed threads.
z Tighten the wheel nuts to the speci-
fied torque. Improperly tightened
TORQUE wheel nuts can cause the wheel to
WRENCH become loose and possibly fall off
while you are driving. This can result
A6-0021ZB in personal injury and/or property
damage due to loss of vehicle con-
Check and retighten wheel nuts to the spec- trol.
ified torque with a torque wrench.
NOTICE: Tighten torque
When tightening the wheel nuts, [Model:HINO 145]
remove dirt and other foreign material 390 – 470 N·m (290 – 347 lbf·ft,
from the thread, apply engine oil or 4,000 – 4,800 kgf·cm)
grease to the threads of the hub bolts [Model:HINO 165, 185]
and wheel nuts, and to the crowns of 215 – 235 N·m (157 – 171 lbf·ft,
the wheel nuts, and then tighten the
nuts. 2,200 – 2,400 kgf·cm)
[Model:HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338]
610 – 665 N·m (450 – 500 lbf·ft,
AD-0317
6,200 – 6,800 kgf·cm)

7-68
H1-A017E01.book 69 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

The vehicle is equipped with an outside air Every 6,000miles (10,000 km)
intake filter and an inside air intake filter. 1. Lubricate clutch release sleeve and
These become dirty in the course of normal CLUTCH
shaft (Not applicable for automatic HOUSING
operation and should be cleaned periodi- transmission)
cally. Cleaning should be done by blowing air TO
or running water through the filter from the Grease: ENGINE

inner side of the filter. Refer to TABLE 7, “RECOMMENDED


LUBRICANTS”
NOTICE:
Greasing point: RELEASE
If the air filter is clogged with dirt or SLEEVE
dust, it will strain the air blower and Refer to TABLE 8 “LUBRICATION
lower the blower’s efficiency. Clean the CHART”
APPLY
filter periodically so that the ventilator, z Do not apply grease excessively. When THE GREASE
heater and defroster work properly. greasing the shaft (both ends), the flow
z Remove the outside air intake filter and of old grease will come out from the AD-0153
AD-0390

then remove the inside air intake filter. clearance between the housing and the
z Clean the filter with running water or shaft. When greasing the release sleeve,
blowing air. the flow of old grease will come out from
the face that contacts the release fork.
z If washed with water, before installing the
filters, wipe off water securely. z It is visible by removing the cover from
the housing.
z When washing the inside to prevent
water from splashing on the filter, push z Wipe off excessive grease.
the recirculate switch on the control
panel.

AD-0382

7-69
H1-A017E01.book 70 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2. Lubricate propeller shaft spline 6. Lubricate brake spider bushing (Front 8. Check leaf spring damage and defor-
3. Lubricate propeller shaft universal and rear) and brake camshaft bracket mation
joint bushing (Rear) [Full air brake type]
(EXAMPLE)
4. Lubricate steering shaft spline Grease: CLEARANCE
Grease: Refer to TABLE 7, “RECOMMENDED
Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS”
LUBRICANTS”
Greasing point: 7. Check wheel disc damage
Refer to TABLE 8 “LUBRICATION Check wheels for damage, cracks or
CHART” bends. Referring to page 7-38.
AD-0318
5. Lubricate brake automatic slack
adjuster [Full air brake type]
At the same time, the clevis pin hole bush- z Check carefully for clearance between
ing of the automatic slack adjuster, the No.1 and No.2 leaves at the front eye. If
slide part with the clevis, and the clevis pin there is no clearance, broken leaves are
hole must be lubricated sufficiently. suspected.
z Visually check springs for cracks, broken
Grease:
leaves or leaves slipped out of place.
Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED
LUBRICANTS” z Check for sagging springs without load.
Consult an authorized Hino dealer if nec-
essary. (See workshop manual for more
details.)

7-70
H1-A017E01.book 71 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

9. Check and retighten spring pin fitting


WARNING nut and lock nut [EXAMPLE]
Do not replace individual leaves of a AIR SPRING
damaged leaf spring assembly; replace
the complete spring assembly. Visible
damage (cracks or breaks) to one leaf
causes hidden damage to other leaves.
Replacement of only the visibly dam-
aged part(s) is no assurance that the
spring is safe. On front spring assem-
blies, if cracks or breaks exist in the two
top leaves, a loss of vehicle control
could occur. Failure to replace a dam-
aged spring assembly could cause an
accident resulting in serious personal The points to be checked and retightened
injury or property damage. are shown with arrows in the figures.
NOTICE: Torque:
On leaf suspensions, closely inspect Front:470 – 500 N·m
each component of the leaf spring (349 – 370 lbf·ft, 4,815 – 5,120 kgf·cm)
assemblies, including the brackets, U-
bolts, and related parts. Rear:73 – 110 N·m
(54 – 80 lbf·ft, 745 – 1,110 kgf·cm)
Air spring:500 – 600 N·m
(370 – 440 lbf·ft, 5,100 –6,115 kgf·cm)

7-71
H1-A017E01.book 72 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

10.Check and retighten shock absorber The points to be checked and retightened 11.Lubricate spring pin and shackle pin
mounting are shown with arrows in the figures on the (Front & Rear)
left. Grease:
Tighten torque Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED
Front: LUBRICANTS”
[Model:HINO 145, 165, 185] Greasing point:
105 – 145 N·m Refer to TABLE 8 “LUBRICATION
(79 – 108 lbf·ft, 1,090 – 1,500 kgf·cm) CHART”
[Model:HINO 238, 258, 268, 308 338] The following items should be performed
170 – 225 N·m only by an authorized Hino dealer.
(125 – 167 lbf·ft, 1,725 – 2,315 kgf·cm)
12.Clutch facing wear
(Not available with automatic trans-
Rear: mission)
[Model:HINO 145, 165, 185]
13.Tie rod ball joint and drag link ball
73 – 110 N·m joint
(54 – 80 lbf·ft, 745 – 1,110 kgf·cm)
14.Steering shaft spline sliding
[Model:HINO 238, 258, 268, 308 338]
180 – 240N·m 15.Service brake leakage, damage and
[EXAMPLE] tightness
(133 – 177 lbf·ft, 1,840 – 2,450 kgf·cm)
AIR SPRING 16.Service brake pipe and hose damage
[Model:HINO 268, 338 Air suspension]
68 – 95N·m 17.Service brake lining wear (Thickness)
(50– 70 lbf·ft, 695 – 965 kgf·cm) [Full air brake type]
18.Parking brake air leakage, damage
and tightness [Full air brake type]

7-72
H1-A017E01.book 73 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) Every 12,000 miles (20,000 km)
1. Check and add manual transmission 2. Check and add automatic transmis- 1. Check fuel hoses and pipes
gear oil sion fluid. z Supply pump – Fuel filter
For inspection and replenishment proce- z Fuel tank – Fuel filter
CAUTION
dure, refer to page 7-64.
z Fuel filter – Supply pump
Do not work on the transmission while it 3. Lubricate clutch release sleeve and
is still hot. This can result in personal z Engine – Fuel tank
shaft (Solo® clutch)
injury. a. Check fuel hoses and pipes for damage.
a. Park the vehicle on level ground. Grease: Replace if necessary.
Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED
b. Remove the filler plug and check the b. When installing fuel hoses be careful that
LUBRICANTS”
level. they do not contact other parts.
Greasing point:
c. The oil should be at the lower end of the c. After replacement, always bleed the fuel
Refer to TABLE 8 “LUBRICATION
hole. system in accordance with page 7-21.
CHART”
d. Add if necessary. Also check for leaks.
For lubricate procedure, refer to page 7-
e. Tighten the filler plug. 2. Check and retighten engine air intake
69.
hose and clamps
Filler plug Torque: 34 – 47 N·m 4. Check clutch facing wear (Solo®
Check hose clamps of the air intake sys-
(25 – 35 lbf·ft, 350 – 480 kgf·cm) clutch)
tem and tighten if necessary. Check hoses
Transmission gear oil: 5. Check the rubber bushing crack and for damage. Replace hoses if necessary.
Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED looseness of transverse rod (Air sus-
LUBRICANTS” pension)

7-73
H1-A017E01.book 74 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

3. Check parking brake control cable 4. Check and retighten parking brake AT:Available with automatic transmission
slack and damage [Hydraulic brake drum mounting nuts MT:Available with manual transmission
type] (EXAMPLE) 5. Check battery charging

WARNING
When working on the battery, cautions
on the batteries should be observed
referring to page 7-33.
Maintenance-free battery
Follow the battery instructions, referring to
the indicator on the battery. The following
items should be performed by an authorized
A6-0056ZB Hino dealer.
AD-0242
Check whether the parking brake drum 6. Service brake lining wear and clear-
Check the cable for damage and whether the mounting nuts are tight. Tighten if necessary. ance between drum and lining [Full air
cable connections to the linkage are tight. brake type]
Replace or tighten if necessary. Lubricate Torque:
[Model: Except for HINO 338 with MT] 7. Check and retighten engine cooling
the parking brake lock potion.
system, hose and clamp
and HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338 with AT]
54 – 64 N·m Check hose clamps, and tighten if neces-
(40 – 48 lbf·ft, 550 – 665 kgf·cm) sary. Check hoses for cracks, swelling or
deterioration. Replace if necessary.
[Model: HINO 145, 165, 185 with AT]
48 – 67 N·m
(35 – 50 lbf·ft, 485 – 685 kgf·cm)

7-74
H1-A017E01.book 75 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 18,000 miles (30,000 km)


1. Check clutch line fluid leakage and 2. Retighten propeller shaft mounting 3. Retighten axle shaft mounting bolts
damage (Not applicable for automatic bolts (EXAMPLE)
transmission)

A6-0060ZB

Tighten wheel nuts with torque wrench to


Refer to TABLE 3 “TIGHTENING TORQUE” specified torque if necessary.
a. Check lines and hoses for damage, rust 4. Check lubricate king pin
or rubbing. WARNING
Grease:
b. Check connections for fluid leaks. Never allow grease and oil to adhere stamped Refer to TABLE 7 “RECOMMENDED
c. Repair or replace if necessary. straps, stamped strap bolts and bold holes. The LUBRICANTS”
grease and/or oil which adhere to the stamped
Greasing point:
retainer bolts, stamped straps, stamped strap
bolts, damaged bearing retainers or used inferior Refer to TABLE 8 “LUBRICATION
grade bolts can cause driveline failure, which CHART”
can result in separation of driveline from the 5. Clean battery terminal
vehicle. A separated driveline can result in death,
serious personal injury or property damage. Clean the terminal referring to page 7-91.

7-75
H1-A017E01.book 76 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

6. Check and retighten rear cab mount- 7. Check and retighten muffler with cata-
ing brackets, cushion rubber mount- lyst and exhaust pipe clamps Torque:
ing bolts and nuts
8 mm dia. 20 – 24 N·m
(15 – 17 lbf·ft,
205 – 240 kgf·cm)
10 mm dia. 46 – 56 N·m
(34 – 41 lbf·ft,
470 – 570 kgf·cm)
1 10 mm dia. 26.5 – 32.5 N·m
(20 – 24 lbf·ft,
270 – 330 kgf·cm)
2 10 mm dia. 65 – 75 N·m
(48 – 55 lbf·ft,
Check clamps on exhaust system and 665 – 765 kgf·cm)
tighten them if necessary.
Torque:213 – 227 N·m The following items should be performed by
(160 – 166 lbf·ft, 2,200 – 2,300 kgf·cm) an authorized Hino dealer.
8. Air dryer function
9. Tightness of spring brackets

7-76
H1-A017E01.book 77 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) (8)Air bleeds the fuel filter in accordance
1. Replace fuel filter page 7-21.
(9)Start the engine and check the fuel sys-
tem for leaks.

FILTER CAUTION
BODY ELEMENT
z Be sure to drain the fuel into a con-
O-RING tainer and dispose of it properly. Be
O-RING
careful not to spill any of the fuel.
z After replacing the element, operate
DRAIN
the engine for a few minutes and
BOWL
check for fuel leakage from the filter.
Fuel leakage can cause fires.
AD-0319 (4)Lubricate new bowl seal with clean fuel z Using improper fuel filters can
or motor oil and place in bowl gland. shorten the life of the engine and/or
RACOR® fuel filter (Bevel side up, if present) fuel injection system. Such fuel filters
(1)Drain the unit of fuel. Follow “Drain (5)Reinstall bowl to new element firmly by can become damaged or may leak
water” instructions above. hand. fuel which can result in personal
(2)Remove element with bowl from filter injury and/or property damage due to
(6)Lubricate new element seal and place in fire.
body. The bowl is reusable, do not dam- element top gland.
age or discard. (Filter wrench parts num- (Bevel side up, if present)
ber: 09553-1050A)
(7)Reinstall the element and bowl to the fil-
(3)Separate element from bowl. Clean bowl ter body and tighten by hand only.
and seal gland.

7-77
H1-A017E01.book 78 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

(5)With the new filter sealing grommet (sup-


plied with the filter) inserted into the base
of the filter element, install the element
on the processor center stud. After
checking to make sure the new O-ring
seal (supplied with the filter) at the base
of the cover is in place, install the cover
and collar. Hand tighten the collar until
seated. Do not use tools to tighten
the collar.
(6)Remove the vent cap from the top of the
clear cover by turning the vent cap coun-
terclockwise. Fill the clear cover full of
DAVCO® fuel filter (3)Remove the clear cover from the fuel clean fuel. Make sure the new O-ring
(1)Drain the fuel level to below the collar. processor by removing the wrench. (A (supplied with the filter) is installed on the
Follow Drain water instructions above. new O-ring seal is supplied with the new vent cap. Reinstall the cap and tighten by
filter.) Remove the filter element from the hand only.
(2)Remove the Check to make sure the
diesel Pro by pulling upward and twisting
drain valve at the base of the Diesel Pro (7)Start the engine. When the lubrication
slightly. Be sure the sealing grommet is
is closed. Discard the O-ring from the system reaches its normal operating
removed from the center stud.
base of the cover. (Collar and vent cap pressure, increase engine speed to high
wrench parts number: 09553-1040A) (4)Fill the fuel processor with clean diesel idle for 2 to 3 minutes.
fuel through the elongated hole at the
(8)After the air is purged, and the engine is
top. Do not fill through the center stud
running, loosen the vent cap. When the
opening. This is the filtered fuel outlet to
fuel level fills to the top of collar, quickly
the fuel pump.
tighten the vent cap.

7-78
H1-A017E01.book 79 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NOTICE: 2. Drain water


The clear filter cover will not fill com-
pletely during engine operation. It will VENT CAP
gradually fill over time as the filter
becomes clogged. The filter element
dose not need to be changed until the
fuel level has risen to the top of the fil-
ter element.
z Thoroughly wipe off any spilled fuel.
z Start the engine and check the fuel sys-
tem for leaks or seepage.
DRAIN VALVE
AD-0384

RACOR® fuel filter DAVCO® fuel filter


(1)Open drain valve and pump water out. (1)Loose the vent cap and after open drain
Otherwise, open blow drain valve to valve.
evacuate water. (2)Collect water in to cup.
(2)Close the drain valve. (3)Allow any water to drain out, then close
the drain valve and vent cap. (Drain mini-
mum amount of fuel possible)

7-79
H1-A017E01.book 80 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) z Depress the brake pedal fully. Every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) or at reg-
The following items should be performed by z Measure the brake chamber stroke and ular chassis lube intervals
at an authorized Hino dealer. make sure that it conforms to the stan- The following item should be performed by
1. Change automatic transmission oil dard values. an authorized Hino dealer.
Brake chamber 1. Automatic slack adjuster [Full air
CAUTION Standard dimensions
rod stroke brake type]
Do not work on the transmission while it On front axle 1.75 in. (44.5 mm) Check condition of boot for cuts, tears,
is still hot. This can result in personal On rear axle 2 in. (50.8 mm) etc., and replace if necessary.
injury.
For replacement procedure, refer to page
7-66.
2. Check brake chamber rod stroke [Full
air brake type]

WARNING
The wheel brakes of the vehicle with
automatic slack adjuster will automati-
cally be adjusted. When more brake
adjustment is necessary, have an
authorized Hino dealer adjust the
brakes. Inefficient brake adjustment
can result in personal injury and/or
property damage.
z Raise the air pressure to 100 p.s.i. (7 kg/
cm2) by running the engine.

7-80
H1-A017E01.book 81 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or every 15.Check brake valve, brake chamber Every 36,000 miles (60,000 km)
12 months and other air valve function 1. Check cooling fan
The following item should be performed by [Model: HINO 238, 268, 308, 338]
an authorized Hino dealer. ENGINE MODEL: J08E
1. Inspect wheel bearing end play
2. Inspect wheel alignment
3. Inspect turning angle
4. Inspect wheel bearing
COOLANT PUMP
5. Wheel bearing grease (Front and rear) PULLEY
6. Tighten steering gear case mounting BOLT COOLING FAN
bolts FAN CLUTCH
7. Inspect steering parts AD-0260

8. Inspect tie rod and drag link ball joint


[Model: HINO 145, 165, 185]
9. Inspect steering shaft spline and dust ENGINE MODEL: J05D
boots FAN CLUTCH
10.Inspect king pin, bush and thrust COOLING FAN
bearing
11.Check power steering function
12.Replace power steering reserve tank COOLANT
strainer NUT PUMP
BOLT
PULLEY
13.Replace power steering reserve tank
filter and fluid
AD-0261
14.Replace spring brake rubber parts

7-81
H1-A017E01.book 82 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

4. Clean intercooler body 5. Check and retighten clutch housing


Torque: and flywheel housing bolts
Nut: 12 N·m (9.0 lbf·ft, 120 kgf·cm)
a. Check the cooling fan for damage.
Replace if necessary.
b. Check that the fan mounting bolts are
tight. Tighten if necessary.
Torque:47 N·m (34.7 lbf·ft, 480 kgf·cm)
DP110602ZA
2. Replace air cleaner element
The intercooler is used to cool the over- A6-0075ZB

Replace the element refer to page 7-49. heated intake air charged by the turbo- Check the clutch housing bolts and
3. Check and retighten exhaust mani- charger, and is installed at the front of the retighten to specified torque.
folds mounting nuts radiator. When mud, debris, etc. becomes FS-4205A [Model:HINO 145, 165, 185]
attached to the front of the core, the passage Torque:38 – 48 N·m
Torque:
of cooling air is impaired, so that such matter
Upper:60 N·m (44 lbf·ft, 620 kgf·cm) (28 – 35 lbf·ft., 385 – 490 kgf·cm)
should be removed completely by washing
Lower:53 N·m (39 lbf·ft, 540 kgf·cm) with water. Deformed fins also can impair 6. Check splash shields and under hood
cooling, and should be repaired. Clean the insulator
WARNING inside by blowing with air when changing
Do not loosen the drain plugs while the intercooler hoses.
engine is still hot. If you do, scalding NOTICE:
water can come out resulting in per- Do not use water to clean the inside of
sonal injury. the intercooler body. Using water will
cause engine trouble, etc. Please refer
to the workshop manual for cleaning
instructions.

7-82
H1-A017E01.book 83 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

7. Air springs b. CHECK THE FOLLOWING POINTS


a. CHECK OF AIR LEAKAGE z Check any looseness and/or damage at CAUTION
z Check if there is any leakage from the air the mounting and connecting positions of If you continue to drive your vehicle
pipes, or air springs. the air springs. with sand, stones, etc. embedded, you
z Check any looseness and/or damage at may damage the air springs and this can
the leveling valve and the connecting be a cause of air leakage.
section of the rear axle.
d. VEHICLE POSTURE
LEVELING z Check if the load carrying platform
VALVE comes down temporarily the moment
that the vehicle is loaded and if it returns
to almost the same vehicle height as that
of an unloaded vehicle in a few seconds
later.
AIR SPRINGS DP124102ZA-1
DP124101ZA NOTICE:
If the load carrying platform height
z If the air pressure falls due to air leakage, does not return to almost the same
c. CHECK OF THE AIR SPRINGS
etc., this may bring forth crushes or folds height as that of unloaded condition, it
in the air springs. z Check the air springs for any eventual
is presumed that the leveling system
damages and cracks. If any damage or and/or the air springs do not function
crack is found out, replace the air spring properly.
with a new one. In such a case, contact your nearest
z Check if any sand or stones are embed- authorized HINO dealer to have your
ded at the lower part of the air springs. If vehicle inspected or adjusted.
so, remove them carefully so as not to
damage the air spring.

7-83
H1-A017E01.book 84 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

The following items should be performed by 21.Brake hose 35.Wheel bearing turning torque (Front
an authorized Hino dealer. and rear)
22.Brake hydraulic booster function
8. Replace drive belts 36.Front wheel bearing lock nut tight-
23.Brake valve and other valve function
Replace the drive belts refer to page 7-47. ness
24.Caliper piston seal and boot
9. Replace radiator, heater hose and 37.Spring pin and shackle pin wear
25.Brake valve and other valve rubber
clamps 38.Tightness of U-bolts and clip bands
parts
10.Clutch hose 39.Shock absorber function and damage
26.ABS system function
11.Clutch fluid 40.Cracking and deformation of frame
27.Brake fluid [Hydraulic brake type]
12.Propeller shaft deflection 41.Tightness of bolts
28.Brake chamber diaphragm [Full air
13.Propeller shaft spline play brake type] 42.Starter bearing grease
14.Propeller shaft universal joint play 29.Center parking brake lining wear and 43.Wiring, connectors, and clips tight-
15.Propeller shaft center bearing sup- clearance between drum and lining ness and damage
port [Hydraulic brake type] 44.Engine maximum speed (at full load)
16.Sliding spline and center bearing seal 30.Center parking brake drum wear and
damage damage [Hydraulic brake type]
17.Axle housing cracks, deformation 31.Parking brake lever wear and damage
and damage [Hydraulic brake type]
18.Front axle beam deformation and 32.Parking brake control valve and relay
cracking wear, and tightness valve function [Full air brake type]
19.Wheel brake internal parts 33.Parking brake control valve and relay
valve rubber parts [Full air brake type]
20.Deformation of back plate [Full air
brake type] 34.Spring brake chamber rubber parts
[Full air brake type]

7-84
H1-A017E01.book 85 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 50,000 miles (80,000 km) Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km)
Torque:
The following item should be performed by The following item should be performed by [Model: HINO 145, 165, 185]
an authorized Hino dealer. an authorized Hino dealer. Front (Engine side):
1. Check valve clearance 1. Check engine mounting 132 N·m (98 lbf·ft, 1,350 kgf·cm)
2. Check service brake automatic slack Front (Chassis side):
adjuster [Full air brake type] 88 N·m (65 lbf·ft, 900 kgf·cm)
3. Remove the pawl nut, pawl spring and Rear:
pawl. Examine the pawl for grease reten- 88 N·m (65 lbf·ft, 900 kgf·cm)
tion. Rear (With ATM):
z If the grease is in good condition, install 62 N·m (46 lbf·ft, 630 kgf·cm)
the pawl and pressure relief fitting (or cap [Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338]
screw on early designs), lube through the REAR Front (Engine side):
grease fitting until the lube purges FRONT ENGINE ENGINE 157 N·m (116 lbf·ft, 1,600 kgf·cm)
through the pressure relief fitting (or pawl MOUNTING MOUNTING Front (Chassis side):
slot on early designs). AD-0247
88 N·m (65 lbf·ft, 900 kgf·cm)
z If the grease is hardened or the pawl is a. Check front and rear engine mounting Rear:
dry and shows extreme wear, remove the rubbers for cracks. Replace if necessary. 88 N·m (65 lbf·ft, 900 kgf·cm)
pawl from the vehicle, disassemble it, b. Check that front and rear engine mount-
clean and inspect the internal parts, and ing nuts are tight. Tighten the nuts if nec- 2. Check and replace starter brush
lube and install a new boot and seals. essary. Measure length of the starter brushes.
4. Replace transmission lubricant
If the lengths are shorter than service limit
[Eaton® FS4205A, FS5406A, FS6406A] as shown below, replace all starter
Highway used brushes.

7-85
H1-A017E01.book 86 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

At each reline period (If greater than Every 360,000 miles (600,000 km)
Standard Service limit 100,000 miles (160,000 km) The following items should be performed by
0.807 in. 0.551 in. The following item should be performed by an authorized Hino dealer.
J05D an authorized Hino dealer.
(20.5 mm) (14.0 mm) 1. Replace fuel hoses
0.827 in. 0.591 in. 1. Service brake automatic slack z Fuel tank – Fuel filter
J08E adjuster [Full air brake type]
(21.0 mm) (15.0 mm) z Fuel filter – Supply pump
z Remove actuator, rod assembly and z Engine – Fuel tank
3. Check engine cooling system hose pawl nut.
and clamp
z Clean and regrease actuator and pawl.
4. Replace intercooler hoses
z Check internal condition. If satisfactory,
5. Engine compression pressure reassemble.
6. Turbo charger rotor operation If unsatisfactory, overhaul slack by clean-
7. Steering sector shaft cracking ing all parts, replacing seals and boot,
and regreasing.
8. Replace power steering rubber
parts and hoses
9. Check ABS control valve
10.On every brake overhauling [Full air
brake type]
11.Service brake spider and mount-
ing plate damage and deformation

7-86
H1-A017E01.book 87 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

2. Replace cooling system When the vehicle has overheated


a. Start and run the engine with the cap on If the engine overheats, the coolant level
until the upper radiator hose gets hot. may be low in the radiator as well as in the
RADIATOR CAP
This means that the thermostat is open reserve tank. Check to see that the engine is
and the coolant is circulating through the stopped and the coolant temperature is less
radiator. than an adequate temperature. Stop the
b. Stop the engine. Remove the radiator engine and then open the radiator cap (see
cap after the engine has cooled. page 5-10) and add the coolant to the top of
the filler port. At that time, the coolant level
Turn the cap gently counterclockwise until should not lower. (Check it about for 5 sec-
it stops. Do not depress the cap while turn- onds.) And tighten the radiator cap securely.
ing. Then, remove the reserve tank cap, add the
A6-0039ZB Wait for the release of internal pressure. coolant to the “FULL” line, and close the cap.
Turn the cap counterclockwise while
WARNING depressing the cap and remove it. NOTICE:
The cooling system may be damaged
Do not remove the radiator cap while the WARNING by rust caused by the deterioration and
engine and radiator are still hot. the decreased concentration of the
If the radiator cap is removed while the Do not loosen the drain plugs while the coolant, if the coolant is not replaced
radiator is still hot, scalding water and engine is still hot. periodically.
steam under pressure can be blown out. If you do, scalding water can come out
This can result in personal injury. resulting in personal injury.

7-87
H1-A017E01.book 88 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

How to replace the coolant (Draining) .


CAP
CAUTION DRAIN COCK

FULL NOTICE
Never remove the radiator cap when the
PLEN
coolant temperature is high, as hot
coolant or vapor will blow out from the
LOW
BAS
inlet and you may be burned. Also never
open the front panel at that moment.
RESERVE TANK

AD-0190 DP121902ZA

CAUTION 3. Open the drain cock of the radiator and


drain the coolant.
Observe the lawful and applicable
method or the method for the protection CAUTION
of environment when disposing of cool-
ant. Do not turn the drain cock more than 5
full turns. If you turn it more, the coolant
Replace the coolant when it is sufficiently may gush out suddenly and you may be
cool. burned.
1. Remove the cap of the reserve tank.
2. Remove the radiator cap

7-88
H1-A017E01.book 89 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Replacement procedure
DRAIN PLUG CAP

FULL NOTICE
PLEN

LOW
BAS

RESERVE TANK

AD-0190 DP121906ZA
DP121903ZA

4. Open the drain plug of the engine and 1. Pour the coolant (Long Life Coolant)
drain the coolant. slowly into the filler port of the radiator
until it is full. Replenish the coolant
5. Remove the reserve tank. Remove 3 slowly in order not to mix the air in it.
bolts, remove the reserve tank and drain
the coolant in the reserve tank. After
draining, securely install the reserve
tank.
6. After completing draining, close the drain
cock and the drain plug.
OPEN CLOSE
NOTICE:
DP121904ZA Never drive without coolant after drain-
ing. This will cause a failure of the cool-
ant pump and an engine burning.

7-89
H1-A017E01.book 90 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SQUEEZE THE UPPER RADIATOR CAP


HOSE SEVERAL TIMES
FULL NOTICE
PLEN

LOW
BAS

RESERVE TANK

UPPER RADIATOR HOSE


DP121908ZA DP121909ZA AD-0190

2. When the radiator is filled up to the open- 3. Tighten the radiator cap securely.
ing, squeeze the upper radiator hose For details of closing the radiator cap WARNING
several times. Any air inside the hose will operation refer to next page.
Do not remove the radiator cap while the
come out, and the coolant level will NOTICE: engine and radiator are still hot.
become lower. Then, pour in coolant If the radiator cap is removed while the
The cooling system may be damaged
again until it comes up to the radiator cap by rust caused by the deterioration and radiator is still hot, scalding water and
opening level. the decreased concentration of the steam under pressure can be blown out.
coolant, if the coolant is not replaced This can result in serious burns.
periodically. 4. Fill the coolant up to the “FULL” line of
the reserve tank and close the cap.

7-90
H1-A017E01.book 91 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

6. Stop the engine and after the engine is Radiator cap operation
cooled, check the amount of coolant in
BLEED AIR
AFTER IDLING the radiator and reserve tank. Then fill
RADIATOR CAP
ABOUT 10 both with coolant to bring them to the
MINUTES
proper levels.
7. After refilling, close the radiator cap and 1ST STEP

the reserve tank cap securely.

CAUTION
2ND STEP
Never remove the radiator cap when the
DP121911ZA
coolant temperature is high, as hot DP122001ZA
coolant or vapor will blow out from the
5. In order to properly bleed air from the inlet and you may be burned. As the radiator cap is of the pressure type,
system, run the engine at a little higher always close it tightly (2nd step) clockwise.
than normal idling speed. Bring the tem-
perature to the normal temperature
range and run the engine for about 10
minutes.
NOTICE:
Air mixed into the coolant can cause
overheating and coolant leakage from
the coolant pump.

7-91
H1-A017E01.book 92 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

OPERATION WHEN ENGINE IS HOT Every 6 months 2. Service brake automatic slack
adjuster [Full air brake type]
Remove the pawl nut, pawl spring and pawl.
Examine the pawl for grease retention. If the
grease is in good condition, install the pawl
and pressure relief fitting (or cap screw on
early designs), lube through the grease fit-
ting until the lube purges through the pres-
sure relief fitting (or pawl slot on early
BATTERY designs).
DP010402ZB AD-0216
If the grease is hardened or the pawl is dry
If you remove the radiator cap carelessly, 1. Clean battery terminal and shows extreme wear, remove the pawl
hot coolant and vapor may spurt out and Lubricate refer to page 7-108. from the vehicle, disassemble it, clean and
inspect the internal parts, and lube and
burn you. However, if it is necessary to a. Disconnect the battery cables from the
install a new boot and seals.
remove the radiator cap for unavoidable battery terminals. Clean the terminals
reasons such as in an emergency, operate and the cable clamps with warm water
it according to the following procedure. [about 140°F (60°C)]. Every 12 months
1. When the coolant temperature gauge b. Install the cables securely after drying 1. Check drive belts
indicates a point near the red zone, keep them.
the engine running at an idling speed 2. Check radiator, heater hose and
c. Apply chassis grease to the terminals clamps
until the needle returns to around gauge.
and clamps. 3. Replace Manual transmission oil
2. Cover the cap with several layers of thick
d. Install the covers of the terminal securely. Replace procedures refer to 7-63.
rags and loosen the cap slowly. If the
spurting out of vapor is too strong, imme- 4. Check refrigerant amount of air condi-
diately tighten the cap and wait until the tioner
coolant temperature comes down.

7-92
H1-A017E01.book 93 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Every 24 months Every 36 months


1. Check and replace starter brush 1. Replace Hino genuine long life cool-
Measure length of the starter brushes, if ant
those length are sorter than service limit of Replace procedures refer to 7-87.
below, replace all starter brushes.
Standard Service limit
0.807 in. 0.551 in.
J05D
(20.5 mm) (14.0 mm)
0.827 in. 0.591 in.
J08E
(21.0 mm) (15.0 mm)
2. Inspection intercooler hoses
When there is air leakage from the hose,
the performance will drop, fuel consump-
tion will increase, and engine trouble may
also occur, so that they should be checked
regularly for cracks on the outer circum-
stance, loosening of caulked parts, etc.

7-93
H1-A017E01.book 94 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 2 STANDARD ADJUSTMENT DIMENSIONS

No. Item Standard Dimensions


Inlet 0.0118 in. (0.30 mm)
1 Valve clearance (Cold)
Exhaust 0.0177 in. (0.45 mm)
2 Injection timing 0°
3 Engine low idling speed 750 RPM(r/min)
Engine Model:J08E 2,600 RPM(r/min)
4 Engine maximum speed (at full load)
Engine Model:J05D 3,000 RPM(r/min)
5 Drive belt (V-belt) tension Engine Model:J05D 0.317 – 0.394 in. (8 – 10 mm)
6 Coolant temperature 176 – 212°F (80 – 100°C)

7 Clutch pedal height (Distance from the floor to the center top of the pedal) 8.07 – 8.46 in. (205 – 215 mm)
(Not available with automatic transmission)
8 Clutch pedal stroke (Distance from the original to the depressed position) 8.07 – 8.46 in. (205 – 215 mm)
(Not available with automatic transmission)
HINO 145, 165, 185 1.4 – 2.2 in. (35 – 55 mm)
9 Clutch pedal play
HINO 238, 268, 308, 338 1.7 – 2.3 in. (44 – 59 mm)
Model:HINO 145, 165, 185 0.02 – 0.01 in. (0.5 – 2.5 mm)
10 Wheel alignment toe in Model:HINO 238, 258, 268 0.04 – 0.12 in. (1.0 – 3.0 mm)
Model:HINO 308, 338 0.06 – 0.14 in. (1.5 – 3.5 mm)
11 Wheel alignment camber 3/16 – -11/16 deg
Model:Except for HINO 308, 338 9.25°
12 Wheel alignment king pin angle
Model:HINO 308, 338 6.25°

7-94
H1-A017E01.book 95 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

No. Item Standard Dimensions


13 Wheel alignment caster 3 – 4°
Model:HINO 145, 165, 185 51 – 53°
Inner turn
Model:HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338 50 – 52°
14 Knuckle turning angle Model:HINO 145, 165, 185 36.3°
Outer turn Model:HINO 238, 258, 268 36.8°
Model:HINO 308, 338 37.6°
15 Steering wheel play 0 – 1.38 in. (0 – 35 mm)
Hydraulic brake type 0.118 – 0.472 in. (3 – 12 mm)
16 Brake pedal play
Full air brake type 0.078 – 0.196 in. (2 – 5 mm)
17 Brake chamber rod stroke (Maximum) (On front axle) 1.75 in. (44.5 mm)
Full air brake type
18 Brake chamber rod stroke (Maximum) (On rear axle) 2 in. (50.8 mm)
B-frame 0.61 in. (15.5 mm)
Standard
4-pad 0.73 in. (18.5 mm)
19 Brake pad thickness
B-frame 0.125 in. (3.2 mm)
Limit
4-pad 0.125 in. (3.2 mm)
Front 0.73 in. (18.5 mm)
Standard
Rear 0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
20 Brake lining thickness
Front 0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
Limit
Rear 0.25 in. (6.3 mm)

7-95
H1-A017E01.book 96 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

No. Item Standard Dimensions


Model:HINO 145, 165, 185 49.6 – 60.6 lbf (22.5 – 27.5 kgf)
Parking brake lever pull load
21 Model:HINO Manual transmission 71.7 – 82.7 lbf (32.5 – 37.5 kgf)
[Hydraulic brake type]
238, 268, 308 Automatic transmission 49.6 – 60.6 lbf (22.5 – 27.5 kgf)
Standard 0.807 in. (20.5 mm)
J05D
Limit 0.551 in. (14.0 mm)
22 Starter brush length
Standard 0.827 in. (21.0 mm)
J08E
Limit 0.591 in. (15.0 mm)

7-96
H1-A017E01.book 97 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 3 TIGHTENING TORQUE


For tightening torques for general purpose also refer to TABLE 4.
Tightening the bolt, apply engine oil to the threads and contact surface.
Tightening Torque
No. Tightening Position
N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm
bolt length 59+1/4 turn (90°) 43+1/4 turn (90°) 600+1/4 turn (90°)
4.96 in. +1/4 turn (90°) +1/4 turn (90°) +1/4 turn (90°)
(126 mm)
Model: 6.14 in. 59+1/4 turn (90°) 43+1/4 turn (90°) 600+1/4 turn (90°)
J05D (156 mm) Bolt dai. & pitch +3/8 turn (135°) +3/8 turn (135°) +3/8 turn (135°)
1 Cylinder head bolt
12 mm dia. P2
7.36 in. 59+1/4 turn (90°) 43+1/4 turn (90°) 600+1/4 turn (90°)
(187 mm) +1/2 turn (180°) +1/2 turn (180°) +1/2 turn (180°)
Model: 4.980 in. 59+1/4 turn (90°) 43+1/4 turn (90°) 600+1/4 turn (90°)
J08E (126.5 mm) +1/4 turn (90°) +1/4 turn (90°) +1/4 turn (90°)
69+1/4 turn (90°) 51+1/4 turn (90°) 700+1/4 turn (90°)
2 Crankshaft main bearing cap bolt 14 mm dia. P2
+1/8 turn (45°) +1/8 turn (45°) +1/8 turn (45°)
69+1/4 turn (90°) 51+1/4 turn (90°) 700+1/4 turn (90°)
3 Connecting rod nut 13 mm dia. P1.25
+1/8 turn (45°) +1/8 turn (45°) +1/8 turn (45°)
4 Camshaft gear bolt 12 mm dia. P1.5 59+1/4 turn (90°) 43+1/4 turn (90°) 600+1/4 turn (90°)
5 Front engine mounting bracket bolt 12 mm dia. P1.75 125 80 1,280
6 Cooling jet check valve 12 mm dia. P1.5 22 16 220
Model: J05D 12 mm dia. P1.5 110 80 1,100
7 Torsional damper fitting bolt
Model: J08E 12 mm dia. P1.5 120 87 1,200

7-97
H1-A017E01.book 98 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Tightening Torque
No. Tightening Position
N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm
8 Flywheel fitting bolt 14 mm dia. P1.5 185 137 1,900
9 Flywheel housing bolt 10 mm dia. P1.5 37 – 49 28 – 36 380 – 500
10 Main idle shaft fitting bolt 14 mm dia. P2 170 127 1,750
11 Sub idle shaft fitting bolt 12 mm dia. P1.75 110 80 1,100
12 Cam idle shaft fitting bolt 12 mm dia. P1.75 110 80 1,100
13 Nozzle clamp fitting bolt 8 mm dia. P1.25 25 18 250
14 Oil pan fitting bolt 29 22 300
15 Oil pan drain plug 18 mm dia. P1.5 41 30 420
16 Glow plug 12 mm dia. P1.25 25 18 250
17 Glow plug harness fitting nut 4 mm dia. P0.7 1.5 1.1 15
18 Cross-head adjust screw nut 8 mm dia. P1 25 18 250
19 Rocker arm adjust screw nut 8 mm dia. P1 25 18 250
Engine model:J05D 8 mm dia. P1.25 28 21 290
20 Rocker support fitting bolt
Engine model:J08E 10 mm dia. P1.5 59 43 600
Engine model:J05D 8 mm dia. P1.25 28 21 290
21 Cam bearing cap fitting bolt
Engine model:J08E 8 mm dia. P1.25 31 21 320
22 Exhaust manifold fitting nut Down side 10 mm dai. P1.5 53 39 540

7-98
H1-A017E01.book 99 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Tightening Torque
No. Tightening Position
N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm
Engine model:J05D 14 mm dia. P1.5 132 98 1,350
Engine mounting fit- Front
23 Engine model:J08E 16 mm dia. P1.5 155 116 1,600
ting nut (Engine side)
Rear 12 mm dia. P1.25 88 65 900
24 Engine mounting fitting nut (Chassis side) 12 mm dia. P1.25 88 65 900
25 Alternator earth fitting nut 6 mm dia. P1 4.0 2.9 40
26 Alternator fitting nut (through bolt) 12 mm dia. P1.25 93 69 950
27 Air compressor gear fitting nut 24 mm dia. P1.5 355 260 3,600
28 Injection pipe (both and nipples) 14 mm dia. P1.5 39 29 400
29 Timing gear plate fitting nut 8 mm dia. P1.25 25 18 250
30 Alternator B terminal fitting nut 6 mm dia. P1 7 5.1 70
31 Starter B terminal fitting nut 10 mm dia. P1.25 19.5 14 200
32 Starter C terminal fitting nut 5 mm dia. P0.8 2 1.6 22
33 Rear end plate fitting bolt (torques) 10 mm dia. P1.5 55 41 560
34 Steering wheel 49 – 78 37 – 57 500 – 800
Parking brake drum mounting Model:HINO 145, 165,185 with AT 48 – 68 35 – 50 485 – 690
35
nut Model:Except for HINO 145, 165,185 with AT 54 – 65 40 – 48 550 – 665
36 Brake spider mounting bolt (Front and rear) [Full air brake type] 245 – 310 180 – 230 2,490 – 3,180

7-99
H1-A017E01.book 100 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Tightening Torque
No. Tightening Position
N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm
Brake mounting bolt 5/8” – 18 260 – 340 190 – 250 2,630 – 3,460
37
[Hydraulic brake type] 9/16” – 18 175 – 225 130 – 165 1,800 – 2,280
38 Wheel bearing end play 0.001 – 0.005 0.009 – 0.043 0.01 – 0.05
Model:HINO 145, 165 140 – 155 105 – 115 1,430 – 1,580
Model:HINO 185 102 – 156 75 – 115 1,040 – 1,590
39 Axle shaft mounting bolt or nut
Model:HINO 238, 258, 268 88 – 136 65 – 100 900 – 1,385
Model:HINO 308, 338 203 – 312 150 – 230 2,070 – 3,180
Model:HINO 145 390 – 470 290 – 347 4,000 – 4,800
40 Wheel nut Model:HINO 165, 185 215 – 235 157 – 171 2,200 – 2,400
Model:HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338 610 – 665 450 – 500 6,200 – 6,800
41 Front spring shackle pin nut 470 – 500 349 – 370 4,815 – 5,120
Model:HINO 145, 165, 185 73 – 110 54 – 80 745 – 1,110
42 Rear spring pin lock nut
Model:HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338 73 – 110 54 – 80 745 – 1,110
Model: HINO 145, 165, 185 224 – 335 165 – 247 2,280 – 3,420
Front
Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338 370 – 472 273 – 347 3,780 – 4,820
43 Spring U-bolt Model: HINO 145, 165, 185 390 – 594 288 – 430 3,980 – 5,960
Rear Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308, 338 490 – 734 361 – 541 5,000 – 7,490
Air suspension 500 – 600 370 – 440 5,100 – 6,115

7-100
H1-A017E01.book 101 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Tightening Torque
No. Tightening Position
N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm
Model: HINO 238, 268, 308 with MT 54 – 65 40 – 48 550 – 665
44 Propeller shaft reamer bolt
Model: HINO 145, 165, 185 with AT 132 – 157 173 – 206 2,400 – 2,855
45 Propeller shaft center bearing holder mounting bolt 127.4 – 156.8 94 – 116 1,290 – 1,587
Wiper arm nut 16.5 – 21 12.5 – 15.5 170 – 210
47
Wiper pivot nut 11 – 15.5 8.1 – 11.5 111 – 160
Battery terminal 9.5 – 12 7.3 – 8.6 100 – 120
48
Tubeless tire air valve nut 10 – 12.5 7.3 – 10 100 – 130

7-101
H1-A017E01.book 102 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 4 BOLT TIGHTENING TORQUE CHART (FOR GENERAL PURPOSE)


Bolt Best tightening conditions. Medium tightening conditions. Poor tightening conditions.
diam- Even tightening area. Bolt, nut, Cast iron or aluminum tightening Tightening area having black coarse surface.
eter coating, naked bolt, lubricant, etc. surfaces. Naked bolt or lubricant unavailable.
(mm) N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm
6 – 8.6 8.7 – 12.1 12.2 – 15.6
3 0.5 – 1 7 – 10 1 – 1.5 10 – 14 1.5 – 2 14 – 18
(lb.in) (lb.in) (lb.in)
14.8 – 21.6
4 1.5 – 2.5 17 – 25 2.5 – 3 1.8 – 2.3 25 – 33 3–4 2.4 – 2.9 33 – 41
(lb.in)
5 3.5 – 5 2.5 – 3.6 34 – 51 5–7 3.7 – 4.9 51 – 69 7 – 8.5 5 – 6.2 69 – 86
6 5.5 – 8.5 4 – 6.4 55 – 88 8 – 11 6 – 7.9 83 – 110 11 – 13.5 8 – 10 110 – 140
8 12.5 – 18.5 10 – 13 130 – 190 18.5 – 25 14 – 18 190 – 260 25 – 31 19 – 23 260 – 320
10 25 – 32 18 – 23 250 – 330 37 – 49 28 – 36 380 – 500 49 – 62 37 – 45 500 – 630
12 42 – 64 32 – 46 430 – 650 64 – 85 47 – 62 650 – 870 85 – 110 63 – 79 870 – 1,100
14 72 – 110 53 – 79 730 – 1,100 110 – 145 80 – 108 1,100 – 1,500 145 – 175 109 – 130 1,500 – 1,800
16 110 – 165 80 – 122 1,100 – 1,700 165 – 225 123 – 166 1,700 – 2,300 225 – 285 167 – 209 2,300 – 2,900
18 155 – 245 116 – 180 1,600 – 2,500 245 – 325 181 – 238 2,500 – 3,300 325 – 410 239 – 303 3,300 – 4,200
20 225 – 345 167 – 253 2,300 – 3,500 345 – 460 254 – 339 3,500 – 4,700 460 – 580 340 – 426 4,700 – 5,900
22 305 – 470 225 – 347 3,100 – 4,800 470 – 630 348 – 462 4,800 – 6,400 630 – 785 463 – 578 6,400 – 8,000
24 410 – 620 304 – 455 4,200 – 6,300 620 – 825 456 – 607 6,300 – 8,400 825 – 1,080 608 – 795 8,400 – 11,000
26 520 – 785 384 – 578 5,300 – 8,000 785 – 1,080 579 – 795 8,000 – 11,000 1,080 – 1,375 796 – 1,012 11,000 – 14,000
28 655 – 980 485 – 723 6,700 – 10,000 980 – 1,375 724 – 1,012 10,000 – 14,000 1,375 – 1,665 1,013 – 1,229 14,000 – 17,000
30 825 – 1,275 608 – 939 8,400 – 13,000 1,275 – 1,665 940 – 1,229 13,000 – 17,000 1,665 – 2,060 1,230 – 1,518 17,000 – 21,000

7-102
H1-A017E01.book 103 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

[For Engine only]

Bolt size (Bolt The head number of “4” bolt The head number of “7” and “8” bolt The head number of “9” bolt
with washer) N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm N·m lbf·ft kgf·cm
6 mm dia. P1 6 4.3 60 10 7.2 100 12.5 9 130
8 mm dia. P1.25 13.5 10 140 25 18 250 31 23 320
10 mm dia. P1.25 29 22 300 51 38 520 64 47 650
10 mm dia. P1.5 26 20 270 47 35 480 59 43 600
12 mm dia. P1.25 54 40 550 93 69 950 120 87 1,200
12 mm dia. P1.75 49 36 500 83 61 850 110 80 1,100
14 mm dia. P1.5 83 61 850 145 108 1,500 185 137 1,900
14 mm dia. P2 74 54 750 130 98 1,350 170 127 1,750

7-103
H1-A017E01.book 104 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 5 LUBRICANTS CAPACITY


Approximate Capacity
No. Item
US Qt Liter
With filter 16.2 15.2
Engine model:J08E
Without filter 13.3 12.5
1 Engine cylinder block
With filter 10.7 10.1
Engine model:J05D
Without filter 8.5 8.0
FS-4205A (5-speed) Model: HINO 145, 165, 185 6.23 5.9
Manual transmission gear case FS-5406A (6-speed) Model: HINO 238, 268, 308 9.8 9.2
FS-6406A (6-speed) Model: HINO 338 9.8 9.2
2
Aisin® 450 Model: HINO 145, 165, 185 12.8 12.0
Automatic transmission gear
Allison® 2200RDS, 2500RDS Model: HINO 238, 258, 268, 308 15.5 14.5
case
Aisin® 3000RSD Model: HINO 338 29.8 28.0
MS12-113 Model: HINO 145, 165 7.2 6.8
RS13-120 Model: HINO 185 9.2 8.7
RS17-145 Model: HINO 238, 258 16.9 15.9
3 Differential gear case
RS19-145 Model: HINO 268 16.7 15.7
RS21-145 Model: HINO 308, 338 16.3 15.3
RS23-160 Model: HINO 338 19.9 18.7

7-104
H1-A017E01.book 105 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

approximate Capacity
No. Item
US Qt Liter
Model HINO 145, 165, 185 2.44 2.3
4 Power steering fluid Model:HINO 238, 258, 268, 308 2.86 2.7
Model:HINO 338 2.65 2.5
5 Clutch fluid 0.32 0.3
6 Brake fluid [Hydraulic brake type] 3.17 3.0
7 Front wheel hub grease 12.3 oz. (350 g) one wheel (See Workshop Manual)
8 Refrigerant of air conditioner 15.9 oz. 450 gr.

TABLE 6 PRESSURE
Pressure
No. Item
MPa lb/sq.in kg/cm2
Engine oil pressure Standard 0.05 – 0.49 7.11 – 71.10 0.5 – 5.0
1
At coolant temperature: 176°F (80°C) or more Limit Less than 0.05 Less than 7.11 Less than 0.5
Engine compression Standard 2.94 – 3.14 425 – 455 30 – 32
2
At engine revolution:150 RPM(r/min) Limit 2.35 341 24
Air dryer type: NABCO® 0.78 – 0.88 113 – 128 7.95 – 8.97
3 Air pressure
Air dryer type: Bendix® 0.72 – 0.86 105 – 125 7.38 – 8.79

7-105
H1-A017E01.book 106 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 7 RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS


No. LUBRICANTS POSITONS ATMOSPHERIC TEMP. S.A.E. NO.
Engine oil -22°F – 100°F (-8°C – 38°C) 10W-40
1 A.P.I:.CD, CE, CF, CH-4, CI-4 Cylinder Block Above 32°F (0°C) 40
JASO: DH-1, ACEA: E-3, E-4 32°F – 100°F (0°C – 39°C) 30
All 50
Eaton® approve synthetic transmission oil Above 10°F (-12°C) 50
Heavy duty engine oil Eaton fuller®
2 Above 10°F (-12°C) 40
MIL-L-2104D, API-CD, or Cat TO-4 FS-4205A, FS-5406A,FS-6406A
Below 10°F (-12°C) 30
Automotive gear oil API-MT-1 Above 10°F (-12°C) 80W-90
®
AISIN 450
Automatic transmission fluid
3 Allison® 2200RDS, 2500RDS, — —
(ATF DEXRON® 3)
3000RDS
Above +10°F (-12°C) 85W/140
Axle lubricant Above -15°F (-26°C) 85W/90
Non- Extended Drain Lubricants
Rear axle Above -40°F (-40°C) 75W/90
(Petroleum with EP Additives) (A.P.I. GL-5)
(MIL-PRF-2105E and SAE J2360) Above -10°F (-12°C) – -35°F (2°C) 75W
4 Above -15°F (-26°C) 80W/90

Axle lubricant Above +15°F (-26°C) 80W/90


Extended Drain Lubricants Above -40°F (-40°C) 85W/90
Rear axle
(Petroleum with EP Additives) (A.P.I. GL-5) Above -40°F (-40°C) 75W/140
(MIL-PRF-2105E and SAE J2360) Above -10°F (-12°C) – -35°F (2°C) 75W/90

7-106
H1-A017E01.book 107 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

No. LUBRICANTS POSITONS


5 POWER STEERING FLUID (Dexron® 2 or 3) Integral Power Steering Gear
6 BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID (DOT-3 or DOT-4) Brake & Clutch
WHEEL BEARING GREASE Wheel Bearing
7
(MIL-G-10924B/18709A) (N.L.G.I.’s No.2 LITHIUM-SOAP) Propeller Shaft Universal Joint and Slip Joint
Clutch Disc Hub Spline, T/M Main Drive Shaft Spline
HEAT RESISTANCE GREASE Q-Plus Brake (Retainer Clip, Anchor Pin, Roller (Journal only),
8
(MIL-G-22615/23549/21164) (N.L.G.I.’s No.2 or No.3) Camshaft, Automatic Slack Adjuster, Clevis Pin)
Parking Brake (Camshaft, Anchor Pin, Shoe web)
9 SPECIAL GREASE (KLUBER GLKO) B-Frame Disc Brake (Guide buss, Caliper body, Piston)
10 STARTER GREASE (N.L.G.I.’s No.2 LITHIUM-SOAP) Bushing, Clutch, Drive Shaft, Pinion Shaft Lever & Reduction Gear
Clutch Release Sleeve & release Shaft, Alternator Bearing,
11 BEARING GREASE (N.L.G.I.’s No.2 LITHIUM-SOAP)
Starter Bearing
CHASSIS GREASE
12 Chassis Grease Fitting
(MIL-G-17740) (N.L.G.I.’s No.1 CALCIUM or LITHIUM-SOAP)
13 LONG LIFE COOLANT Engine, Radiator

No. LUBRICANTS POSITONS SHEEL MOBIL EXXON


LITHIUM BASE DISULFIDE Drag Link & Tie Rod
14 Retinax AM Mobil Grease Special Beacon Q2
MOLYBDENUM GREASE Ball Joint

7-107
H1-A017E01.book 108 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 8 LUBRICATION CHART [Hydraulic brake type]


Lubrication
No. Item Remarks
position
1 Steering shaft slip joint and gear 2
2 Steering dust boot 1
3 Power steering fluid reserve tank 1 Fill to fluid level gauge (Upper and lower)
4 Steering knuckle (king pin) 4
5 Spring pin (Rear) 2
6 Helper bracket 4
7 Wheel bearing (Front and Rear) 4
8 Clutch release sleeve 2
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
9 Clutch release shaft 2
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
10 Transmission gearshift lever 1
11 Transmission 1 Fill to oil level of filler plug
12 Propeller shaft, U-joint 3
13 Propeller shaft, slip joint 1 (Sliding yoke)
14 Rear axle 1 Fill to oil level of filler plug
15 Engine 1 Fill to “FULL” between “ADD” mark of level gauge
16 Clutch fluid reserve tank 1 Fill to “MAX” mark of reserve tank
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
17 Battery terminal 4 or 6 Apply the chassis grease (Each terminal)
18 Drag link ball joint 2
19 Tie-rod ball joint 2

7-108
H1-A017E01.book 109 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

4 7 19 8, 9 11 10 12 13 5 6 7 6

15

1, 18

3 2 4 7 19 20 16 17 5 6 7 6 14
AD-0251

7-109
H1-A017E01.book 110 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

LUBRICATION CHART [Full air brake type]


Lubrication
No. Item Remarks
position
1 Steering shaft slip joint and gear
2 Steering dust boots
3 Power steering fluid reserve tank 1 Fill to fluid level gauge (Upper and lower)
4 Steering knuckle (king pin) 4
5 Spring pin (Rear) 4
6 Helper bracket 4
7 Wheel bearing (Front and Rear) 4
8 Clutch release sleeve 1
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
9 Clutch release shaft 2
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
10 Transmission gearshift lever 1
11 Transmission 1 Fill to oil level of filler plug
12 Propeller shaft, U-joint 3-4
13 Propeller shaft, slip joint 1 (Sliding yoke)
14 Rear axle 1 Fill to oil level of filler plug
15 Engine 1 Fill to “FULL” between “ADD” mark of level gauge
16 Clutch fluid reserve tank 1 Fill to “MAX” mark of reserve tank
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
17 Battery terminal 4 or 8 Apply the chassis grease (Each terminal)
18 Drag link ball joint 2
19 Tie-rod ball joint 2
20 Brake automatic slack adjuster (Front and Rear) 4 Apply the chassis grease (At the same time, the clevis pin hole
busing of the automatic slack adjuster, the slide part with the cle-
vis, and the clevis pin hole must be lubricated sufficiently).
21 Brake camshaft bracket bushing (Rear) 2 Apply the chassis grease

7-110
H1-A017E01.book 111 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

4 7 19 8, 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 20 21 6

15

1,18

3 2 4 7 19 16 17 5 6 7 20 21 14 6
AD-0252

7-111
H1-A017E01.book 112 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

LUBRICATION CHART [Full air brake type with Air Suspension]


Lubrication
No. Item Remarks
position
1 Steering shaft slip joint and gear
2 Steering dust boots
3 Power steering fluid reserve tank 1 Fill to fluid level gauge (Upper and lower)
4 Steering knuckle (king pin) 4
5 Wheel bearing (Front and Rear) 4
6 Clutch release sleeve 1
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
7 Clutch release shaft 2
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
8 Transmission gearshift lever 1
9 Transmission 1 Fill to oil level of filler plug
10 Propeller shaft, U-joint 3-4
11 Propeller shaft, slip joint 1 (Sliding yoke)
12 Rear axle 1 Fill to oil level of filler plug
13 Engine 1 Fill to “FULL” between “ADD” mark of level gauge
14 Clutch fluid reserve tank 1 Fill to “MAX” mark of reserve tank
(Not applicable for automatic transmission)
15 Battery terminal 4 or 8 Apply the chassis grease (Each terminal)
16 Drag link ball joint 2
17 Tie-rod ball joint 2
18 Brake automatic slack adjuster (Front and Rear) 4 Apply the chassis grease (At the same time, the clevis pin hole
busing of the automatic slack adjuster, the slide part with the cle-
vis, and the clevis pin hole must be lubricated sufficiently).
19 Brake camshaft bracket bushing (Rear) 2 Apply the chassis grease

7-112
H1-A017E01.book 113 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

4 5 17 6, 7 8 9 10 11 7 18 19

13

1,16

3 2 4 7 17 14 15 7 18 19 12
AD-0252-2

7-113
H1-A017E01.book 114 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

TABLE 9 LIGHT BULB REPLACEMENT


Light bulb specifications
When replacing a bulb of your vehicle, perform the bulb replacement referring to the following notes and the lamp bulb specifications.
If you have any questions, consult an authorized Hino dealer.
NOTICE:
When replacing a bulb, make sure that the starter key is in the “LOCK” position and the relevant light switch is in the “OFF” posi-
tion. Use only a bulb with the same bulb number and wattage rating of 12 volt.
No. Light bulb description Bulb No. Wattage
1 Head lights 4652 60/55
2 Front turn signal lights 1156 27
3 Front side turn lights 89 7.5
4 Front side marker lights 89 8.0
194 5.0
5 Clearance and identification lights
LED 1.54
6 Rear combination lights 1157 27/8
7 Cab (room) light — 8.0
8 Heater control illumination light 74 1.4
9 Instrument panel warning and indicator lights LED 3.8
10 Speedometer illumination lights 194 3.8
11 Tachometer illumination light 57 3.4
12 Air pressure illumination light 57 3.4

7-114
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 8
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
INTRODUCTION
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (For U.S. Driver’s / Owner’s) .... 8-2
NOISE CONTROL MAINTENANCE RECORD .............................. 8-3

8-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


(For U.S. Driver’s / Owner’s)
If you believe that your vehicle has a In addition, you may notify Hino Motors
defect which could cause a crash or could Sales U.S.A., Inc., with respect to your
cause injury or death, you should imme- vehicle by calling Hino Motors Sales
diately inform the National Highway Traf- National Service Manager at (248) 648-
fic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in 3430.
addition to notifying Hino Motors Sales
U.S.A., Inc.
If the NHTSA receives similar complaints,
it may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, the NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or Hino Motors
Sales U.S.A., Inc.
To contact the NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-
327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh
Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.

8-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

NOISE CONTROL MAINTENANCE RECORD

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NO.:

Injection timing Injection timing Injection timing


High idle speed High idle speed High idle speed
Injection pump fuel rate Injection pump fuel rate Injection pump fuel rate
Cooling fan Cooling fan Cooling fan
Air intake system hose and Air intake system hose and Air intake system hose and
clamps clamps clamps
Air cleaner Air cleaner Air cleaner
Exhaust manifold mounting nuts Exhaust manifold mounting nuts Exhaust manifold mounting nuts
tightness tightness tightness
Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe
clamps clamps clamps
Shields and insulator Shields and insulator Shields and insulator
MILES MILES MILES
KM KM KM
MONTHS MONTHS MONTHS
DATE DATE DATE
Performed by: Performed by: Performed by:
Signature Signature Signature
Dealer Dealer Dealer

8-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Injection timing Injection timing Injection timing


High idle speed High idle speed High idle speed
Injection pump fuel rate Injection pump fuel rate Injection pump fuel rate
Cooling fan Cooling fan Cooling fan
Air intake system hose and Air intake system hose and Air intake system hose and
clamps clamps clamps
Air cleaner Air cleaner Air cleaner
Exhaust manifold mounting nuts Exhaust manifold mounting nuts Exhaust manifold mounting nuts
tightness tightness tightness
Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe
clamps clamps clamps
Shields and insulator Shields and insulator Shields and insulator
MILES MILES MILES
KM KM KM
MONTHS MONTHS MONTHS
DATE DATE DATE
Performed by: Performed by: Performed by:
Signature Signature Signature
Dealer Dealer Dealer

8-4
H1-A017E01.book 5 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Injection timing Injection timing Injection timing


High idle speed High idle speed High idle speed
Injection pump fuel rate Injection pump fuel rate Injection pump fuel rate
Cooling fan Cooling fan Cooling fan
Air intake system hose and Air intake system hose and Air intake system hose and
clamps clamps clamps
Air cleaner Air cleaner Air cleaner
Exhaust manifold mounting nuts Exhaust manifold mounting nuts Exhaust manifold mounting nuts
tightness tightness tightness
Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe Exhaust muffler and exhaust pipe
clamps clamps clamps
Shields and insulator Shields and insulator Shields and insulator
MILES MILES MILES
KM KM KM
MONTHS MONTHS MONTHS
DATE DATE DATE
Performed by: Performed by: Performed by:
Signature Signature Signature
Dealer Dealer Dealer

8-5
H1-A017E01.book 6 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

8-6
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

SECTION 9
INDEX

9-1
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

A C Driving mode selection switch . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44


Driving through a flooded area . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
ABS warning light . . . . . . . . . . 2-20, 3-11, 7-62 Cab door handles and locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Accelerator pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47, 3-13 Cab light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Cassette player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Center console and drink holder . . . . . . . . .2-38 E
Air bleeding for fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21 CHECK ENGINE warning light . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Electric system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Air brake pressure warning light . . . . . . . . .2-18 Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Air cleaner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32 Clean air act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Air dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Air flow, heating and air conditioner controls Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14 Engine oil and oil filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16 Clutch pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47, 3-14 Engine overrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Air intake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32 Combination lighting switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Air pressure gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13, 3-12 Compact disc player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Air tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Constant speed cruise light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39 Coolant level warning light . . . . . . . . . 2-19, 3-11
Audio system reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . 2-13, 3-28 F
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40, 7-64 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17, 7-87 FM-AM radio/cassette player . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Automatic transmission oil temperature warning Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 FM-AM radio/compact disc player . . . . . . . . . 4-8
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Freeing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Automatic transmission warning light . . . . .2-21 Cruise control main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21, 7-77
Cruise control set button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32 Fuel filter warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20, 3-11
Cruise indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
B Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-33 D Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . 2-19, 3-11
Beam control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29 Daily inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2, 7-43
Before driving your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 Diesel fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 G
Brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47, 3-14 Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 Gearshift lever (Selector lever) . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Brake pressure warning light . . . . . . . 2-18, 3-10 Door pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38 General introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Breaking-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 General precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

9-2
H1-A017E01.book 3 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

H L O
Handling in cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Lever and pedal control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 O/D OFF indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24, 2-43
Hazard light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30 Light bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-114 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9 Lighting switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Headlight high beam indicator light . . . . . . .2-24 Long life coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Oil pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . 2-19, 3-11
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Low fuel level warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Operation of manual transmission . . . . . . . . 3-21
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50, 3-13 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22 Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Air horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Lubrication chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110 Overhead console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Electric horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

M
I P
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Idle set knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 Maintenance procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43 Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
In an emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22, 2-24 Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Parking brake control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
INHIBIT indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Maintenance to facilitate cold weather starting Parking brake lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Inspection while the engine is idling . . . . . .3-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Parking brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Instrument panel and controls . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Manual transmission gear oil . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63 Pre-heater indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Mechanical release operation of parking brake Protection against theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Meter and gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 Mirror heater switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9

K
N
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-26
New vehicle breaking-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Noise control maintenance record . . . . . . . . .8-3
Noise emission control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16

9-3
H1-A017E01.book 4 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

R Stopping the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 W


Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37
Radiator cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-91 Switches and buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Warning and indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Radiator cooling fan and rated speed Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
of the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19 Warning to park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Radiator grille cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Radio antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 T Wheel and tire balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Recommended maintenance service . . . . . .7-6 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Wheel nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Regular replacement of coolant . . . . . . . . . .7-18 Tampering with the noise control system is prohib- Wheel nuts and hub bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 ited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Wheel replacement recommendations . . . . 7-41
Rheostat light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35 Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 7-10 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tire check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
S Tire inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40 Windshield washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8, 7-60
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 Windshield wiper control and
Scheduled maintenance procedures . . . . . .7-63 Tripmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Scope of regular maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Turn signal indicator lights . . . . . . . . . 2-24, 3-11
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
Select position indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Service assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Service brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37 U
Service quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Side vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21 Using the brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Starting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Starting the engine after prolonged vehicle stor- V
age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Van light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Starting the engine in cold weather . . . . . . .3-30 Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
Steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50, 3-12
Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32

9-4
H1-A017E01.book 1 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

© 2006 Hino Motors, Ltd.


All rights reserved. This manual may not be reproduced or
copied in whole or in part, without the written permission of
Hino Motors, Ltd.

PRINTED IN JAPAN
Pub. No. H1-A017E01 Feb. 2006
H1-A017E01.book 2 ページ 2006年1月23日 月曜日 午後4時20分

Quick index
z If a service reminder indicator or warning beep comes on . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
z I f y o u r v e h i c l e o v e r h e a ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
z I f y o u r v e h i c l e n e e d s t o b e to w e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
z Ti ps f o r d r i v i n g d u r i n g b r e a k - i n p e r i o d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
z H o w t o s ta r t t h e e n g i n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
z Complete index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
G a s s ta t i o n i n f o r m a t i o n
z F u e l t y p e : D i e s e l f u e l, c e ta n e n u m b e r 4 5 o r h i g h e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
z Recommended engine oil: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
z Tire information: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

S-ar putea să vă placă și